Menu
▾
▴
[r3358]: / trunk / htdocs / matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html.template Maximize Restore History
13282 lines (10825 with data), 1.2 MB
@header@
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="heading">
<tr bgcolor="#7799ee">
<td valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#ffffff" face="helvetica, arial"> <br><big><big><strong><a href="matplotlib.html"><font color="#ffffff">matplotlib</font></a>.<a href="matplotlib.backends.html"><font color="#ffffff">backends</font></a>.backend_wx</strong></big></big></font></td
><td align=right valign=bottom
><font color="#ffffff" face="helvetica, arial"><a href=".">index</a><br><a href="file:/usr/local/lib/python2.5/site-packages/matplotlib/backends/backend_wx.py">/usr/local/lib/python2.5/site-packages/matplotlib/backends/backend_wx.py</a></font></td></tr></table>
<p></p>
<p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#aa55cc">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#fffff" face="helvetica, arial"><big><strong>Modules</strong></big></font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#aa55cc"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><table width="100%" summary="list"><tr><td width="25%" valign=top><a href="StringIO.html">StringIO</a><br>
<a href="math.html">math</a><br>
</td><td width="25%" valign=top><a href="matplotlib.html">matplotlib</a><br>
<a href="os.html">os</a><br>
</td><td width="25%" valign=top><a href="sys.html">sys</a><br>
<a href="wx.html">wx</a><br>
</td><td width="25%" valign=top></td></tr></table></td></tr></table><p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ee77aa">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#ffffff" face="helvetica, arial"><big><strong>Classes</strong></big></font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#ee77aa"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureCanvasBase</a>
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#FigureCanvasWx">FigureCanvasWx</a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureCanvasBase</a>, <a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a>)
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureManagerBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureManagerBase</a>
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#FigureManagerWx">FigureManagerWx</a>
</font></dt><dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#FigureManagerWx">FigureManagerWx</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#GraphicsContextBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.GraphicsContextBase</a>
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#GraphicsContextWx">GraphicsContextWx</a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#GraphicsContextBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.GraphicsContextBase</a>, <a href="wx._gdi.html#MemoryDC">wx._gdi.MemoryDC</a>)
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#NavigationToolbar2">matplotlib.backend_bases.NavigationToolbar2</a>
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#NavigationToolbar2Wx">NavigationToolbar2Wx</a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#NavigationToolbar2">matplotlib.backend_bases.NavigationToolbar2</a>, <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>)
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#RendererBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.RendererBase</a>
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#RendererWx">RendererWx</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#fake_stderr">fake_stderr</a>
</font></dt><dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="wx._controls.html#Button">wx._controls.Button</a>(<a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a>)
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#MenuButtonWx">MenuButtonWx</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>(<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a>)
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#NavigationToolbar2Wx">NavigationToolbar2Wx</a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#NavigationToolbar2">matplotlib.backend_bases.NavigationToolbar2</a>, <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>)
</font></dt><dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#NavigationToolbarWx">NavigationToolbarWx</a>
</font></dt><dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#NavigationToolbarWx">NavigationToolbarWx</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="wx._gdi.html#MemoryDC">wx._gdi.MemoryDC</a>(<a href="wx._gdi.html#DC">wx._gdi.DC</a>)
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#GraphicsContextWx">GraphicsContextWx</a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#GraphicsContextBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.GraphicsContextBase</a>, <a href="wx._gdi.html#MemoryDC">wx._gdi.MemoryDC</a>)
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>(<a href="wx._windows.html#TopLevelWindow">wx._windows.TopLevelWindow</a>)
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#FigureFrameWx">FigureFrameWx</a>
</font></dt><dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#SubplotToolWX">SubplotToolWX</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a>(<a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>)
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#FigureCanvasWx">FigureCanvasWx</a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureCanvasBase</a>, <a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a>)
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">wx._windows.Printout</a>(<a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>)
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#PrintoutWx">PrintoutWx</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">wx._windows.StatusBar</a>(<a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>)
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#StatusBarWx">StatusBarWx</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
</dl>
<p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="FigureCanvasWx">class <strong>FigureCanvasWx</strong></a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureCanvasBase</a>, <a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>The FigureCanvas contains the figure and does event handling.<br>
<br>
In the wxPython backend, it is derived from wxPanel, and (usually) lives<br>
inside a frame instantiated by a <a href="#FigureManagerWx">FigureManagerWx</a>. The parent window probably<br>
implements a wx.Sizer to control the displayed control size - but we give a<br>
hint as to our preferred minimum size.<br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#FigureCanvasWx">FigureCanvasWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureCanvasBase</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Copy_to_Clipboard"><strong>Copy_to_Clipboard</strong></a>(self, event<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>copy bitmap of canvas to system clipboard</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(self, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Printer_Init"><strong>Printer_Init</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>initialize printer settings using wx methods</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Printer_Preview"><strong>Printer_Preview</strong></a>(self, event<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>generate Print Preview with wx Print mechanism</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Printer_Print"><strong>Printer_Print</strong></a>(self, event<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Print figure using wx Print mechanism</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Printer_Setup"><strong>Printer_Setup</strong></a>(self, event<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>set up figure for printing. The standard wx Printer<br>
Setup Dialog seems to die easily. Therefore, this setup<br>
simply asks for image width and margin for printing.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Printer_Setup2"><strong>Printer_Setup2</strong></a>(self, event<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>set up figure for printing. Using the standard wx Printer<br>
Setup Dialog.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, parent, id, figure)</dt><dd><tt>Initialise a FigureWx instance.<br>
<br>
- Initialise the <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">FigureCanvasBase</a> and wxPanel parents.<br>
- Set event handlers for:<br>
EVT_SIZE (Resize event)<br>
EVT_PAINT (Paint event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-draw"><strong>draw</strong></a>(self, repaint<font color="#909090">=True</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Render the figure using <a href="#RendererWx">RendererWx</a> instance renderer, or using a<br>
previously defined renderer if none is specified.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-gui_repaint"><strong>gui_repaint</strong></a>(self, drawDC<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Performs update of the displayed image on the GUI canvas, using the<br>
supplied device context. If drawDC is None, a ClientDC will be used to<br>
redraw the image.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_figure"><strong>print_figure</strong></a>(self, filename, dpi<font color="#909090">=None</font>, facecolor<font color="#909090">='w'</font>, edgecolor<font color="#909090">='w'</font>, orientation<font color="#909090">='portrait'</font>, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Render the figure to hardcopy</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-realize"><strong>realize</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>This method will be called when the system is ready to draw,<br>
eg when a GUI window is realized</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data and other attributes defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>keyvald</strong> = {306: 'shift', 307: 'alt', 308: 'control', 316: 'left', 317: 'up', 318: 'right', 319: 'down'}</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureCanvasBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-blit"><strong>blit</strong></a>(self, bbox<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>blit the canvas in bbox (default entire canvas)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-button_press_event"><strong>button_press_event</strong></a>(self, x, y, button, guiEvent<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Backend derived classes should call this function on any mouse<br>
button press. x,y are the canvas coords: 0,0 is lower, left.<br>
button and key are as defined in MouseEvent</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-button_release_event"><strong>button_release_event</strong></a>(self, x, y, button, guiEvent<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Backend derived classes should call this function on any mouse<br>
button release. x,y are the canvas coords: 0,0 is lower, left.<br>
button and key are as defined in MouseEvent</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-draw_cursor"><strong>draw_cursor</strong></a>(self, event)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a cursor in the event.axes if inaxes is not None. Use<br>
native GUI drawing for efficiency if possible</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-draw_event"><strong>draw_event</strong></a>(self, renderer)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-draw_idle"><strong>draw_idle</strong></a>(self, *args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>draw only if idle; defaults to draw but backends can overrride</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-get_width_height"><strong>get_width_height</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>return the figure width and height in points or pixels<br>
(depending on the backend), truncated to integers</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-key_press_event"><strong>key_press_event</strong></a>(self, key, guiEvent<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-key_release_event"><strong>key_release_event</strong></a>(self, key, guiEvent<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-motion_notify_event"><strong>motion_notify_event</strong></a>(self, x, y, guiEvent<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Backend derived classes should call this function on any<br>
motion-notify-event. x,y are the canvas coords: 0,0 is lower, left.<br>
button and key are as defined in MouseEvent</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-mpl_connect"><strong>mpl_connect</strong></a>(self, s, func)</dt><dd><tt>Connect event with string s to func. The signature of func is<br>
<br>
def func(event)<br>
<br>
where event is a MplEvent. The following events are recognized<br>
<br>
'resize_event',<br>
'draw_event',<br>
'key_press_event',<br>
'key_release_event',<br>
'button_press_event',<br>
'button_release_event',<br>
'motion_notify_event',<br>
'pick_event', <br>
<br>
<br>
For the three events above, if the mouse is over the axes,<br>
the variable event.inaxes will be set to the axes it is over,<br>
and additionally, the variables event.xdata and event.ydata<br>
will be defined. This is the mouse location in data coords.<br>
See backend_bases.MplEvent.<br>
<br>
return value is a connection id that can be used with<br>
mpl_disconnect</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-mpl_disconnect"><strong>mpl_disconnect</strong></a>(self, cid)</dt><dd><tt>disconnect callback id cid</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-pick_event"><strong>pick_event</strong></a>(self, mouseevent, artist, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>This method will be called by artists who are picked and will<br>
fire off PickEvent callbacks registered listeners</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-resize"><strong>resize</strong></a>(self, w, h)</dt><dd><tt>set the canvas size in pixels</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-resize_event"><strong>resize_event</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-switch_backends"><strong>switch_backends</strong></a>(self, FigureCanvasClass)</dt><dd><tt>instantiate an instance of FigureCanvasClass<br>
<br>
This is used for backend switching, eg, to instantiate a<br>
FigureCanvasPS from a FigureCanvasGTK. Note, deep copying is<br>
not done, so any changes to one of the instances (eg, setting<br>
figure size or line props), will be reflected in the other</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data and other attributes inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureCanvasBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>events</strong> = ('resize_event', 'draw_event', 'key_press_event', 'key_release_event', 'button_press_event', 'button_release_event', 'motion_notify_event', 'pick_event')</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition, <br>
Size size=DefaultSize, long style=wxTAB_TRAVERSAL|wxNO_BORDER, <br>
String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool<br>
<br>
Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Overrides `wx.Window.SetFocus`. This method uses the (undocumented)<br>
mix-in class wxControlContainer which manages the focus and TAB logic<br>
for controls which usually have child controls. In practice, if you<br>
call this method and the panel has at least one child window, then the<br>
focus will be given to the child window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetFocusIgnoringChildren"><strong>SetFocusIgnoringChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetFocusIgnoringChildren">SetFocusIgnoringChildren</a>(self)<br>
<br>
In contrast to `SetFocus` (see above) this will set the focus to the<br>
panel even of there are child windows in the panel. This is only<br>
rarely needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-CenterOnScreen"><strong>CenterOnScreen</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><function CenterOnScreen at 0xb695641c> is deprecated</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-CentreOnScreen"><strong>CentreOnScreen</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><function CenterOnScreen at 0xb695641c> is deprecated</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a chld of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetAdjustedBestSize">GetAdjustedBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one<br>
thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the<br>
window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any<br>
user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window<br>
should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly<br>
tolerate.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBestFittingSize">GetBestFittingSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> PyObject<br>
<br>
Returns a list of the window's children. NOTE: Currently this is a<br>
copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return<br>
value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children<br>
do not change.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the<br>
window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of<br>
the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetDefaultItem"><strong>GetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetDefaultItem">GetDefaultItem</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated<br>
by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the<br>
toplevel parent of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification<br>
purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to<br>
class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For<br>
buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function<br>
can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs<br>
access programs)which need to identify windows by name.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetTitle"><strong>GetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetTitle">GetTitle</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but<br>
an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow<br>
central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different<br>
window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to<br>
remove the event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. It is called implicitly by SetSizer but<br>
if you use SetConstraints you should call it manually or otherwise the<br>
window layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetBestFittingSize">SetBestFittingSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetDefaultItem"><strong>SetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetDefaultItem">SetDefaultItem</a>(self, Window child) -> Window<br>
<br>
Set this child as default, return the old default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,<br>
the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to<br>
substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of<br>
event-handling for a variety of different window classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetTitle"><strong>SetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetTitle">SetTitle</a>(self, String title)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetTmpDefaultItem"><strong>SetTmpDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetTmpDefaultItem">SetTmpDefaultItem</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Set this child as temporary default</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use Refresh<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="FigureFrameWx">class <strong>FigureFrameWx</strong></a>(<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#FigureFrameWx">FigureFrameWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._windows.html#TopLevelWindow">wx._windows.TopLevelWindow</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(self, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetToolBar"><strong>GetToolBar</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Override wxFrame::GetToolBar as we don't have managed toolbar</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, num, fig)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-get_canvas"><strong>get_canvas</strong></a>(self, fig)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-get_figure_manager"><strong>get_figure_manager</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Command"><strong>Command</strong></a> = ProcessCommand(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ProcessCommand">ProcessCommand</a>(self, int winid) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, String title=EmptyString, <br>
Point pos=DefaultPosition, Size size=DefaultSize, <br>
long style=DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, String name=FrameNameStr) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CreateStatusBar"><strong>CreateStatusBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CreateStatusBar">CreateStatusBar</a>(self, int number=1, long style=DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE, int winid=0, <br>
String name=StatusLineNameStr) -> <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">StatusBar</a></tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CreateToolBar"><strong>CreateToolBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CreateToolBar">CreateToolBar</a>(self, long style=-1, int winid=-1, String name=ToolBarNameStr) -> wxToolBar</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-DoGiveHelp"><strong>DoGiveHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-DoGiveHelp">DoGiveHelp</a>(self, String text, bool show)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-DoMenuUpdates"><strong>DoMenuUpdates</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-DoMenuUpdates">DoMenuUpdates</a>(self, Menu menu=None)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetMenuBar"><strong>GetMenuBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetMenuBar">GetMenuBar</a>(self) -> MenuBar</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetStatusBar"><strong>GetStatusBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetStatusBar">GetStatusBar</a>(self) -> <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">StatusBar</a></tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetStatusBarPane"><strong>GetStatusBarPane</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetStatusBarPane">GetStatusBarPane</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PopStatusText"><strong>PopStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PopStatusText">PopStatusText</a>(self, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ProcessCommand"><strong>ProcessCommand</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ProcessCommand">ProcessCommand</a>(self, int winid) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PushStatusText"><strong>PushStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PushStatusText">PushStatusText</a>(self, String text, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SendSizeEvent">SendSizeEvent</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetMenuBar"><strong>SetMenuBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetMenuBar">SetMenuBar</a>(self, MenuBar menubar)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetStatusBar"><strong>SetStatusBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetStatusBar">SetStatusBar</a>(self, <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">StatusBar</a> statBar)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetStatusBarPane"><strong>SetStatusBarPane</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetStatusBarPane">SetStatusBarPane</a>(self, int n)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetStatusText"><strong>SetStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetStatusText">SetStatusText</a>(self, String text, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetStatusWidths"><strong>SetStatusWidths</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetStatusWidths">SetStatusWidths</a>(self, int widths)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetToolBar"><strong>SetToolBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetToolBar">SetToolBar</a>(self, wxToolBar toolbar)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#TopLevelWindow">wx._windows.TopLevelWindow</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CenterOnScreen"><strong>CenterOnScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CenterOnScreen">CenterOnScreen</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center the window on screen</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CentreOnScreen"><strong>CentreOnScreen</strong></a> = CenterOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CenterOnScreen">CenterOnScreen</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center the window on screen</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetIcon"><strong>GetIcon</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetIcon">GetIcon</a>(self) -> Icon</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetTitle"><strong>GetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetTitle">GetTitle</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Iconize"><strong>Iconize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Iconize">Iconize</a>(self, bool iconize=True)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsActive"><strong>IsActive</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsActive">IsActive</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsFullScreen"><strong>IsFullScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsFullScreen">IsFullScreen</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsIconized"><strong>IsIconized</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsIconized">IsIconized</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsMaximized"><strong>IsMaximized</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsMaximized">IsMaximized</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-MacGetMetalAppearance"><strong>MacGetMetalAppearance</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-MacGetMetalAppearance">MacGetMetalAppearance</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-MacSetMetalAppearance"><strong>MacSetMetalAppearance</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-MacSetMetalAppearance">MacSetMetalAppearance</a>(self, bool on)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Maximize"><strong>Maximize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Maximize">Maximize</a>(self, bool maximize=True)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-RequestUserAttention"><strong>RequestUserAttention</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-RequestUserAttention">RequestUserAttention</a>(self, int flags=USER_ATTENTION_INFO)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Restore"><strong>Restore</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Restore">Restore</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetIcon"><strong>SetIcon</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetIcon">SetIcon</a>(self, Icon icon)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetIcons"><strong>SetIcons</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetIcons">SetIcons</a>(self, wxIconBundle icons)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetShape"><strong>SetShape</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetShape">SetShape</a>(self, Region region) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetTitle"><strong>SetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetTitle">SetTitle</a>(self, String title)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ShowFullScreen"><strong>ShowFullScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ShowFullScreen">ShowFullScreen</a>(self, bool show, long style=FULLSCREEN_ALL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#FigureFrameWx-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a chld of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetAdjustedBestSize">GetAdjustedBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one<br>
thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the<br>
window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any<br>
user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window<br>
should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly<br>
tolerate.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBestFittingSize">GetBestFittingSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> PyObject<br>
<br>
Returns a list of the window's children. NOTE: Currently this is a<br>
copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return<br>
value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children<br>
do not change.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetDefaultItem"><strong>GetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetDefaultItem">GetDefaultItem</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated<br>
by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the<br>
toplevel parent of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification<br>
purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to<br>
class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For<br>
buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function<br>
can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs<br>
access programs)which need to identify windows by name.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#FigureFrameWx-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but<br>
an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow<br>
central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different<br>
window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to<br>
remove the event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. It is called implicitly by SetSizer but<br>
if you use SetConstraints you should call it manually or otherwise the<br>
window layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetBestFittingSize">SetBestFittingSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#FigureFrameWx-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetDefaultItem"><strong>SetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetDefaultItem">SetDefaultItem</a>(self, Window child) -> Window<br>
<br>
Set this child as default, return the old default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,<br>
the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to<br>
substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of<br>
event-handling for a variety of different window classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetTmpDefaultItem"><strong>SetTmpDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetTmpDefaultItem">SetTmpDefaultItem</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Set this child as temporary default</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#FigureFrameWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#FigureFrameWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#FigureFrameWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#FigureFrameWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use Refresh<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#FigureFrameWx-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><strong>FigureManager</strong> = <a name="FigureManager">class FigureManagerWx</a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureManagerBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureManagerBase</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>This class contains the FigureCanvas and GUI frame<br>
<br>
It is instantiated by GcfWx whenever a new figure is created. GcfWx is<br>
responsible for managing multiple instances of <a href="#FigureManagerWx">FigureManagerWx</a>.<br>
<br>
NB: <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureManagerBase">FigureManagerBase</a> is found in _pylab_helpers<br>
<br>
public attrs<br>
<br>
canvas - a <a href="#FigureCanvasWx">FigureCanvasWx</a>(wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>) instance<br>
window - a wxFrame instance - <a href="http://www.lpthe.jussieu.fr/~zeitlin/wxWindows/docs/wxwin_wxframe.html#wxframe">http://www.lpthe.jussieu.fr/~zeitlin/wxWindows/docs/wxwin_wxframe.html#wxframe</a><br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%">Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, canvas, num, frame)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-destroy"><strong>destroy</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureManagerBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureManagerBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-full_screen_toggle"><strong>full_screen_toggle</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-key_press"><strong>key_press</strong></a>(self, event)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-resize"><strong>resize</strong></a>(self, w, h)</dt><dd><tt>For gui backends: resize window in pixels</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-show_popup"><strong>show_popup</strong></a>(self, msg)</dt><dd><tt>Display message in a popup -- GUI only</tt></dd></dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="FigureManagerWx">class <strong>FigureManagerWx</strong></a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureManagerBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureManagerBase</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>This class contains the FigureCanvas and GUI frame<br>
<br>
It is instantiated by GcfWx whenever a new figure is created. GcfWx is<br>
responsible for managing multiple instances of <a href="#FigureManagerWx">FigureManagerWx</a>.<br>
<br>
NB: <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureManagerBase">FigureManagerBase</a> is found in _pylab_helpers<br>
<br>
public attrs<br>
<br>
canvas - a <a href="#FigureCanvasWx">FigureCanvasWx</a>(wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>) instance<br>
window - a wxFrame instance - <a href="http://www.lpthe.jussieu.fr/~zeitlin/wxWindows/docs/wxwin_wxframe.html#wxframe">http://www.lpthe.jussieu.fr/~zeitlin/wxWindows/docs/wxwin_wxframe.html#wxframe</a><br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%">Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, canvas, num, frame)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-destroy"><strong>destroy</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureManagerBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureManagerBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-full_screen_toggle"><strong>full_screen_toggle</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-key_press"><strong>key_press</strong></a>(self, event)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-resize"><strong>resize</strong></a>(self, w, h)</dt><dd><tt>For gui backends: resize window in pixels</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-show_popup"><strong>show_popup</strong></a>(self, msg)</dt><dd><tt>Display message in a popup -- GUI only</tt></dd></dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="GraphicsContextWx">class <strong>GraphicsContextWx</strong></a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#GraphicsContextBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.GraphicsContextBase</a>, <a href="wx._gdi.html#MemoryDC">wx._gdi.MemoryDC</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>The graphics context provides the color, line styles, etc...<br>
<br>
In wxPython this is done by wrapping a wxDC object and forwarding the<br>
appropriate calls to it. Notice also that colour and line styles are<br>
mapped on the wx.Pen() member of the wxDC. This means that we have some<br>
rudimentary pen management here.<br>
<br>
The base GraphicsContext stores colors as a RGB tuple on the unit<br>
interval, eg, (0.5, 0.0, 1.0). wxPython uses an int interval, but<br>
since wxPython colour management is rather simple, I have not chosen<br>
to implement a separate colour manager class.<br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#GraphicsContextWx">GraphicsContextWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#GraphicsContextBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.GraphicsContextBase</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._gdi.html#MemoryDC">wx._gdi.MemoryDC</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._gdi.html#DC">wx._gdi.DC</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, bitmap, renderer)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_wxcolour"><strong>get_wxcolour</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>return a wx.Colour from RGB format</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-select"><strong>select</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Select the current bitmap into this wxDC instance</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_capstyle"><strong>set_capstyle</strong></a>(self, cs)</dt><dd><tt>Set the capstyle as a string in ('butt', 'round', 'projecting')</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_clip_rectangle"><strong>set_clip_rectangle</strong></a>(self, rect)</dt><dd><tt>Destroys previous clipping region and defines a new one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_foreground"><strong>set_foreground</strong></a>(self, fg, isRGB<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Set the foreground color. fg can be a matlab format string, a<br>
html hex color string, an rgb unit tuple, or a float between 0<br>
and 1. In the latter case, grayscale is used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_graylevel"><strong>set_graylevel</strong></a>(self, frac)</dt><dd><tt>Set the foreground color. fg can be a matlab format string, a<br>
html hex color string, an rgb unit tuple, or a float between 0<br>
and 1. In the latter case, grayscale is used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_joinstyle"><strong>set_joinstyle</strong></a>(self, js)</dt><dd><tt>Set the join style to be one of ('miter', 'round', 'bevel')</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_linestyle"><strong>set_linestyle</strong></a>(self, ls)</dt><dd><tt>Set the line style to be one of</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_linewidth"><strong>set_linewidth</strong></a>(self, w)</dt><dd><tt>Set the line width.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-unselect"><strong>unselect</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Select a Null bitmasp into this wxDC instance</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#GraphicsContextBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.GraphicsContextBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-copy_properties"><strong>copy_properties</strong></a>(self, gc)</dt><dd><tt>Copy properties from gc to self</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_alpha"><strong>get_alpha</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return the alpha value used for blending - not supported on<br>
all backends</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_antialiased"><strong>get_antialiased</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return true if the object should try to do antialiased rendering</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_capstyle"><strong>get_capstyle</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return the capstyle as a string in ('butt', 'round', 'projecting')</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_clip_path"><strong>get_clip_path</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return the clip path</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_clip_rectangle"><strong>get_clip_rectangle</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return the clip rectangle as (left, bottom, width, height)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_dashes"><strong>get_dashes</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return the dash information as an offset dashlist tuple The<br>
dash list is a even size list that gives the ink on, ink off<br>
in pixels. See p107 of to postscript BLUEBOOK for more info<br>
<br>
Default value is None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_hatch"><strong>get_hatch</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Gets the current hatch style</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_joinstyle"><strong>get_joinstyle</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return the line join style as one of ('miter', 'round', 'bevel')</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_linestyle"><strong>get_linestyle</strong></a>(self, style)</dt><dd><tt>Return the linestyle: one of ('solid', 'dashed', 'dashdot',<br>
'dotted').</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_linewidth"><strong>get_linewidth</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return the line width in points as a scalar</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_rgb"><strong>get_rgb</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>returns a tuple of three floats from 0-1. color can be a<br>
matlab format string, a html hex color string, or a rgb tuple</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_alpha"><strong>set_alpha</strong></a>(self, alpha)</dt><dd><tt>Set the alpha value used for blending - not supported on<br>
all backends</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_antialiased"><strong>set_antialiased</strong></a>(self, b)</dt><dd><tt>True if object should be drawn with antialiased rendering</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_clip_path"><strong>set_clip_path</strong></a>(self, path)</dt><dd><tt>Set the clip path</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_dashes"><strong>set_dashes</strong></a>(self, dash_offset, dash_list)</dt><dd><tt>Set the dash style for the gc.<br>
dash_offset is the offset (usually 0).<br>
dash_list specifies the on-off sequence as points<br>
(None, None) specifies a solid line</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_hatch"><strong>set_hatch</strong></a>(self, hatch)</dt><dd><tt>Sets the hatch style for filling</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data and other attributes inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#GraphicsContextBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.GraphicsContextBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>dashd</strong> = {'dashdot': (0, (3.0, 5.0, 1.0, 5.0)), 'dashed': (0, (6.0, 6.0)), 'dotted': (0, (1.0, 3.0)), 'solid': (None, None)}</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._gdi.html#MemoryDC">wx._gdi.MemoryDC</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SelectObject"><strong>SelectObject</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SelectObject">SelectObject</a>(self, Bitmap bitmap)<br>
<br>
Selects the bitmap into the device context, to use as the memory<br>
bitmap. Selecting the bitmap into a memory DC allows you to draw into<br>
the DC, and therefore the bitmap, and also to use Blit to copy the<br>
bitmap to a window.<br>
<br>
If the argument is wx.NullBitmap (or some other uninitialised<br>
`wx.Bitmap`) the current bitmap is selected out of the device context,<br>
and the original bitmap restored, allowing the current bitmap to be<br>
destroyed safely.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._gdi.html#DC">wx._gdi.DC</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-BeginDrawing"><strong>BeginDrawing</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-BeginDrawing">BeginDrawing</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Allows for optimization of drawing code on platforms that need it. On<br>
other platforms this is just an empty function and is harmless. To<br>
take advantage of this postential optimization simply enclose each<br>
group of calls to the drawing primitives within calls to<br>
`BeginDrawing` and `EndDrawing`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-Blit"><strong>Blit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-Blit">Blit</a>(self, int xdest, int ydest, int width, int height, DC source, <br>
int xsrc, int ysrc, int rop=COPY, bool useMask=False, <br>
int xsrcMask=-1, int ysrcMask=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Copy from a source DC to this DC. Parameters specify the destination<br>
coordinates, size of area to copy, source DC, source coordinates,<br>
logical function, whether to use a bitmap mask, and mask source<br>
position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-BlitPointSize"><strong>BlitPointSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-BlitPointSize">BlitPointSize</a>(self, Point destPt, Size sz, DC source, Point srcPt, int rop=COPY, <br>
bool useMask=False, Point srcPtMask=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Copy from a source DC to this DC. Parameters specify the destination<br>
coordinates, size of area to copy, source DC, source coordinates,<br>
logical function, whether to use a bitmap mask, and mask source<br>
position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-CalcBoundingBox"><strong>CalcBoundingBox</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-CalcBoundingBox">CalcBoundingBox</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Adds the specified point to the bounding box which can be retrieved<br>
with `MinX`, `MaxX` and `MinY`, `MaxY` or `GetBoundingBox` functions.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-CalcBoundingBoxPoint"><strong>CalcBoundingBoxPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-CalcBoundingBoxPoint">CalcBoundingBoxPoint</a>(self, Point point)<br>
<br>
Adds the specified point to the bounding box which can be retrieved<br>
with `MinX`, `MaxX` and `MinY`, `MaxY` or `GetBoundingBox` functions.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-CanDrawBitmap"><strong>CanDrawBitmap</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-CanDrawBitmap">CanDrawBitmap</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-CanGetTextExtent"><strong>CanGetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-CanGetTextExtent">CanGetTextExtent</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-Clear"><strong>Clear</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-Clear">Clear</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the device context using the current background brush.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-ComputeScaleAndOrigin"><strong>ComputeScaleAndOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-ComputeScaleAndOrigin">ComputeScaleAndOrigin</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Performs all necessary computations for given platform and context<br>
type after each change of scale and origin parameters. Usually called<br>
automatically internally after such changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-CrossHair"><strong>CrossHair</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-CrossHair">CrossHair</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Displays a cross hair using the current pen. This is a vertical and<br>
horizontal line the height and width of the window, centred on the<br>
given point.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-CrossHairPoint"><strong>CrossHairPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-CrossHairPoint">CrossHairPoint</a>(self, Point pt)<br>
<br>
Displays a cross hair using the current pen. This is a vertical and<br>
horizontal line the height and width of the window, centred on the<br>
given point.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DestroyClippingRegion"><strong>DestroyClippingRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DestroyClippingRegion">DestroyClippingRegion</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Destroys the current clipping region so that none of the DC is<br>
clipped.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DeviceToLogicalX"><strong>DeviceToLogicalX</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DeviceToLogicalX">DeviceToLogicalX</a>(self, int x) -> int<br>
<br>
Convert device X coordinate to logical coordinate, using the current<br>
mapping mode.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DeviceToLogicalXRel"><strong>DeviceToLogicalXRel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DeviceToLogicalXRel">DeviceToLogicalXRel</a>(self, int x) -> int<br>
<br>
Convert device X coordinate to relative logical coordinate, using the<br>
current mapping mode but ignoring the x axis orientation. Use this<br>
function for converting a width, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DeviceToLogicalY"><strong>DeviceToLogicalY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DeviceToLogicalY">DeviceToLogicalY</a>(self, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Converts device Y coordinate to logical coordinate, using the current<br>
mapping mode.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DeviceToLogicalYRel"><strong>DeviceToLogicalYRel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DeviceToLogicalYRel">DeviceToLogicalYRel</a>(self, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Convert device Y coordinate to relative logical coordinate, using the<br>
current mapping mode but ignoring the y axis orientation. Use this<br>
function for converting a height, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawArc"><strong>DrawArc</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawArc">DrawArc</a>(self, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int xc, int yc)<br>
<br>
Draws an arc of a circle, centred on the *center* point (xc, yc), from<br>
the first point to the second. The current pen is used for the outline<br>
and the current brush for filling the shape.<br>
<br>
The arc is drawn in an anticlockwise direction from the start point to<br>
the end point.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawArcPoint"><strong>DrawArcPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawArcPoint">DrawArcPoint</a>(self, Point pt1, Point pt2, Point center)<br>
<br>
Draws an arc of a circle, centred on the *center* point (xc, yc), from<br>
the first point to the second. The current pen is used for the outline<br>
and the current brush for filling the shape.<br>
<br>
The arc is drawn in an anticlockwise direction from the start point to<br>
the end point.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawBitmap"><strong>DrawBitmap</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawBitmap">DrawBitmap</a>(self, Bitmap bmp, int x, int y, bool useMask=False)<br>
<br>
Draw a bitmap on the device context at the specified point. If<br>
*transparent* is true and the bitmap has a transparency mask, (or<br>
alpha channel on the platforms that support it) then the bitmap will<br>
be drawn transparently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawBitmapPoint"><strong>DrawBitmapPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawBitmapPoint">DrawBitmapPoint</a>(self, Bitmap bmp, Point pt, bool useMask=False)<br>
<br>
Draw a bitmap on the device context at the specified point. If<br>
*transparent* is true and the bitmap has a transparency mask, (or<br>
alpha channel on the platforms that support it) then the bitmap will<br>
be drawn transparently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawCheckMark"><strong>DrawCheckMark</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawCheckMark">DrawCheckMark</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Draws a check mark inside the given rectangle.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawCheckMarkRect"><strong>DrawCheckMarkRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawCheckMarkRect">DrawCheckMarkRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
Draws a check mark inside the given rectangle.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawCircle"><strong>DrawCircle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawCircle">DrawCircle</a>(self, int x, int y, int radius)<br>
<br>
Draws a circle with the given center point and radius. The current<br>
pen is used for the outline and the current brush for filling the<br>
shape.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawCirclePoint"><strong>DrawCirclePoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawCirclePoint">DrawCirclePoint</a>(self, Point pt, int radius)<br>
<br>
Draws a circle with the given center point and radius. The current<br>
pen is used for the outline and the current brush for filling the<br>
shape.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawEllipse"><strong>DrawEllipse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawEllipse">DrawEllipse</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Draws an ellipse contained in the specified rectangle. The current pen<br>
is used for the outline and the current brush for filling the shape.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawEllipseList"><strong>DrawEllipseList</strong></a>(self, ellipses, pens<font color="#909090">=None</font>, brushes<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a list of ellipses as quickly as possible.<br>
<br>
:param ellipses: A sequence of 4-element sequences representing<br>
each ellipse to draw, (x,y, w,h).<br>
:param pens: If None, then the current pen is used. If a<br>
single pen then it will be used for all ellipses.<br>
If a list of pens then there should be one for each <br>
ellipse in ellipses.<br>
:param brushes: A brush or brushes to be used to fill the ellipses,<br>
with similar semantics as the pens parameter.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawEllipsePointSize"><strong>DrawEllipsePointSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawEllipsePointSize">DrawEllipsePointSize</a>(self, Point pt, Size sz)<br>
<br>
Draws an ellipse contained in the specified rectangle. The current pen<br>
is used for the outline and the current brush for filling the shape.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawEllipseRect"><strong>DrawEllipseRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawEllipseRect">DrawEllipseRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
Draws an ellipse contained in the specified rectangle. The current pen<br>
is used for the outline and the current brush for filling the shape.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawEllipticArc"><strong>DrawEllipticArc</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawEllipticArc">DrawEllipticArc</a>(self, int x, int y, int w, int h, double start, double end)<br>
<br>
Draws an arc of an ellipse, with the given rectangle defining the<br>
bounds of the ellipse. The current pen is used for drawing the arc and<br>
the current brush is used for drawing the pie.<br>
<br>
The *start* and *end* parameters specify the start and end of the arc<br>
relative to the three-o'clock position from the center of the<br>
rectangle. Angles are specified in degrees (360 is a complete<br>
circle). Positive values mean counter-clockwise motion. If start is<br>
equal to end, a complete ellipse will be drawn.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawEllipticArcPointSize"><strong>DrawEllipticArcPointSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawEllipticArcPointSize">DrawEllipticArcPointSize</a>(self, Point pt, Size sz, double start, double end)<br>
<br>
Draws an arc of an ellipse, with the given rectangle defining the<br>
bounds of the ellipse. The current pen is used for drawing the arc and<br>
the current brush is used for drawing the pie.<br>
<br>
The *start* and *end* parameters specify the start and end of the arc<br>
relative to the three-o'clock position from the center of the<br>
rectangle. Angles are specified in degrees (360 is a complete<br>
circle). Positive values mean counter-clockwise motion. If start is<br>
equal to end, a complete ellipse will be drawn.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawIcon"><strong>DrawIcon</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawIcon">DrawIcon</a>(self, Icon icon, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Draw an icon on the display (does nothing if the device context is<br>
PostScript). This can be the simplest way of drawing bitmaps on a<br>
window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawIconPoint"><strong>DrawIconPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawIconPoint">DrawIconPoint</a>(self, Icon icon, Point pt)<br>
<br>
Draw an icon on the display (does nothing if the device context is<br>
PostScript). This can be the simplest way of drawing bitmaps on a<br>
window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawImageLabel"><strong>DrawImageLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawImageLabel">DrawImageLabel</a>(self, String text, Bitmap image, Rect rect, int alignment=wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALIGN_TOP, <br>
int indexAccel=-1) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Draw *text* and an image (which may be ``wx.NullBitmap`` to skip<br>
drawing it) within the specified rectangle, abiding by the alignment<br>
flags. Will additionally emphasize the character at *indexAccel* if<br>
it is not -1. Returns the bounding rectangle.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawLabel"><strong>DrawLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawLabel">DrawLabel</a>(self, String text, Rect rect, int alignment=wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALIGN_TOP, <br>
int indexAccel=-1)<br>
<br>
Draw *text* within the specified rectangle, abiding by the alignment<br>
flags. Will additionally emphasize the character at *indexAccel* if<br>
it is not -1.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawLine"><strong>DrawLine</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawLine">DrawLine</a>(self, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2)<br>
<br>
Draws a line from the first point to the second. The current pen is<br>
used for drawing the line. Note that the second point is *not* part of<br>
the line and is not drawn by this function (this is consistent with<br>
the behaviour of many other toolkits).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawLineList"><strong>DrawLineList</strong></a>(self, lines, pens<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a list of lines as quickly as possible.<br>
<br>
:param lines: A sequence of 4-element sequences representing<br>
each line to draw, (x1,y1, x2,y2).<br>
:param pens: If None, then the current pen is used. If a<br>
single pen then it will be used for all lines. If<br>
a list of pens then there should be one for each line<br>
in lines.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawLinePoint"><strong>DrawLinePoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawLinePoint">DrawLinePoint</a>(self, Point pt1, Point pt2)<br>
<br>
Draws a line from the first point to the second. The current pen is<br>
used for drawing the line. Note that the second point is *not* part of<br>
the line and is not drawn by this function (this is consistent with<br>
the behaviour of many other toolkits).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawLines"><strong>DrawLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawLines">DrawLines</a>(self, List points, int xoffset=0, int yoffset=0)<br>
<br>
Draws lines using a sequence of `wx.Point` objects, adding the<br>
optional offset coordinate. The current pen is used for drawing the<br>
lines.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawPoint"><strong>DrawPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawPoint">DrawPoint</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Draws a point using the current pen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawPointList"><strong>DrawPointList</strong></a>(self, points, pens<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a list of points as quickly as possible.<br>
<br>
:param points: A sequence of 2-element sequences representing<br>
each point to draw, (x,y).<br>
:param pens: If None, then the current pen is used. If a<br>
single pen then it will be used for all points. If<br>
a list of pens then there should be one for each point<br>
in points.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawPointPoint"><strong>DrawPointPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawPointPoint">DrawPointPoint</a>(self, Point pt)<br>
<br>
Draws a point using the current pen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawPolygon"><strong>DrawPolygon</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawPolygon">DrawPolygon</a>(self, List points, int xoffset=0, int yoffset=0,<br>
int fillStyle=ODDEVEN_RULE)<br>
<br>
Draws a filled polygon using a sequence of `wx.Point` objects, adding<br>
the optional offset coordinate. The last argument specifies the fill<br>
rule: ``wx.ODDEVEN_RULE`` (the default) or ``wx.WINDING_RULE``.<br>
<br>
The current pen is used for drawing the outline, and the current brush<br>
for filling the shape. Using a transparent brush suppresses<br>
filling. Note that wxWidgets automatically closes the first and last<br>
points.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawPolygonList"><strong>DrawPolygonList</strong></a>(self, polygons, pens<font color="#909090">=None</font>, brushes<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a list of polygons, each of which is a list of points.<br>
<br>
:param polygons: A sequence of sequences of sequences.<br>
[[(x1,y1),(x2,y2),(x3,y3)...],<br>
[(x1,y1),(x2,y2),(x3,y3)...]]<br>
<br>
:param pens: If None, then the current pen is used. If a<br>
single pen then it will be used for all polygons.<br>
If a list of pens then there should be one for each <br>
polygon.<br>
:param brushes: A brush or brushes to be used to fill the polygons,<br>
with similar semantics as the pens parameter.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawRectangle"><strong>DrawRectangle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawRectangle">DrawRectangle</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Draws a rectangle with the given top left corner, and with the given<br>
size. The current pen is used for the outline and the current brush<br>
for filling the shape.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawRectangleList"><strong>DrawRectangleList</strong></a>(self, rectangles, pens<font color="#909090">=None</font>, brushes<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a list of rectangles as quickly as possible.<br>
<br>
:param rectangles: A sequence of 4-element sequences representing<br>
each rectangle to draw, (x,y, w,h).<br>
:param pens: If None, then the current pen is used. If a<br>
single pen then it will be used for all rectangles.<br>
If a list of pens then there should be one for each <br>
rectangle in rectangles.<br>
:param brushes: A brush or brushes to be used to fill the rectagles,<br>
with similar semantics as the pens parameter.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawRectanglePointSize"><strong>DrawRectanglePointSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawRectanglePointSize">DrawRectanglePointSize</a>(self, Point pt, Size sz)<br>
<br>
Draws a rectangle with the given top left corner, and with the given<br>
size. The current pen is used for the outline and the current brush<br>
for filling the shape.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawRectangleRect"><strong>DrawRectangleRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawRectangleRect">DrawRectangleRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
Draws a rectangle with the given top left corner, and with the given<br>
size. The current pen is used for the outline and the current brush<br>
for filling the shape.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawRotatedText"><strong>DrawRotatedText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawRotatedText">DrawRotatedText</a>(self, String text, int x, int y, double angle)<br>
<br>
Draws the text rotated by *angle* degrees, if supported by the platform.<br>
<br>
**NOTE**: Under Win9x only TrueType fonts can be drawn by this<br>
function. In particular, a font different from ``wx.NORMAL_FONT``<br>
should be used as the it is not normally a TrueType<br>
font. ``wx.SWISS_FONT`` is an example of a font which is.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawRotatedTextPoint"><strong>DrawRotatedTextPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawRotatedTextPoint">DrawRotatedTextPoint</a>(self, String text, Point pt, double angle)<br>
<br>
Draws the text rotated by *angle* degrees, if supported by the platform.<br>
<br>
**NOTE**: Under Win9x only TrueType fonts can be drawn by this<br>
function. In particular, a font different from ``wx.NORMAL_FONT``<br>
should be used as the it is not normally a TrueType<br>
font. ``wx.SWISS_FONT`` is an example of a font which is.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawRoundedRectangle"><strong>DrawRoundedRectangle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawRoundedRectangle">DrawRoundedRectangle</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, double radius)<br>
<br>
Draws a rectangle with the given top left corner, and with the given<br>
size. The corners are quarter-circles using the given radius. The<br>
current pen is used for the outline and the current brush for filling<br>
the shape.<br>
<br>
If radius is positive, the value is assumed to be the radius of the<br>
rounded corner. If radius is negative, the absolute value is assumed<br>
to be the proportion of the smallest dimension of the rectangle. This<br>
means that the corner can be a sensible size relative to the size of<br>
the rectangle, and also avoids the strange effects X produces when the<br>
corners are too big for the rectangle.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawRoundedRectanglePointSize"><strong>DrawRoundedRectanglePointSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawRoundedRectanglePointSize">DrawRoundedRectanglePointSize</a>(self, Point pt, Size sz, double radius)<br>
<br>
Draws a rectangle with the given top left corner, and with the given<br>
size. The corners are quarter-circles using the given radius. The<br>
current pen is used for the outline and the current brush for filling<br>
the shape.<br>
<br>
If radius is positive, the value is assumed to be the radius of the<br>
rounded corner. If radius is negative, the absolute value is assumed<br>
to be the proportion of the smallest dimension of the rectangle. This<br>
means that the corner can be a sensible size relative to the size of<br>
the rectangle, and also avoids the strange effects X produces when the<br>
corners are too big for the rectangle.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawRoundedRectangleRect"><strong>DrawRoundedRectangleRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawRoundedRectangleRect">DrawRoundedRectangleRect</a>(self, Rect r, double radius)<br>
<br>
Draws a rectangle with the given top left corner, and with the given<br>
size. The corners are quarter-circles using the given radius. The<br>
current pen is used for the outline and the current brush for filling<br>
the shape.<br>
<br>
If radius is positive, the value is assumed to be the radius of the<br>
rounded corner. If radius is negative, the absolute value is assumed<br>
to be the proportion of the smallest dimension of the rectangle. This<br>
means that the corner can be a sensible size relative to the size of<br>
the rectangle, and also avoids the strange effects X produces when the<br>
corners are too big for the rectangle.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawSpline"><strong>DrawSpline</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawSpline">DrawSpline</a>(self, List points)<br>
<br>
Draws a spline between all given control points, (a list of `wx.Point`<br>
objects) using the current pen. The spline is drawn using a series of<br>
lines, using an algorithm taken from the X drawing program 'XFIG'.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawText"><strong>DrawText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawText">DrawText</a>(self, String text, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Draws a text string at the specified point, using the current text<br>
font, and the current text foreground and background colours.<br>
<br>
The coordinates refer to the top-left corner of the rectangle bounding<br>
the string. See `GetTextExtent` for how to get the dimensions of a<br>
text string, which can be used to position the text more precisely.<br>
<br>
**NOTE**: under wxGTK the current logical function is used by this<br>
function but it is ignored by wxMSW. Thus, you should avoid using<br>
logical functions with this function in portable programs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawTextList"><strong>DrawTextList</strong></a>(self, textList, coords, foregrounds<font color="#909090">=None</font>, backgrounds<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a list of strings using a list of coordinants for positioning each string.<br>
<br>
:param textList: A list of strings<br>
:param coords: A list of (x,y) positions<br>
:param foregrounds: A list of `wx.Colour` objects to use for the<br>
foregrounds of the strings.<br>
:param backgrounds: A list of `wx.Colour` objects to use for the<br>
backgrounds of the strings.<br>
<br>
NOTE: Make sure you set Background mode to wx.Solid (DC.SetBackgroundMode)<br>
If you want backgrounds to do anything.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-DrawTextPoint"><strong>DrawTextPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-DrawTextPoint">DrawTextPoint</a>(self, String text, Point pt)<br>
<br>
Draws a text string at the specified point, using the current text<br>
font, and the current text foreground and background colours.<br>
<br>
The coordinates refer to the top-left corner of the rectangle bounding<br>
the string. See `GetTextExtent` for how to get the dimensions of a<br>
text string, which can be used to position the text more precisely.<br>
<br>
**NOTE**: under wxGTK the current logical function is used by this<br>
function but it is ignored by wxMSW. Thus, you should avoid using<br>
logical functions with this function in portable programs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-EndDoc"><strong>EndDoc</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-EndDoc">EndDoc</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Ends a document (only relevant when outputting to a printer).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-EndDrawing"><strong>EndDrawing</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-EndDrawing">EndDrawing</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Ends the group of drawing primitives started with `BeginDrawing`, and<br>
invokes whatever optimization is available for this DC type on the<br>
current platform.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-EndPage"><strong>EndPage</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-EndPage">EndPage</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Ends a document page (only relevant when outputting to a printer).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-FloodFill"><strong>FloodFill</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-FloodFill">FloodFill</a>(self, int x, int y, Colour col, int style=FLOOD_SURFACE) -> bool<br>
<br>
Flood fills the device context starting from the given point, using<br>
the current brush colour, and using a style:<br>
<br>
- **wxFLOOD_SURFACE**: the flooding occurs until a colour other than<br>
the given colour is encountered.<br>
<br>
- **wxFLOOD_BORDER**: the area to be flooded is bounded by the given<br>
colour.<br>
<br>
Returns False if the operation failed.<br>
<br>
Note: The present implementation for non-Windows platforms may fail to<br>
find colour borders if the pixels do not match the colour<br>
exactly. However the function will still return true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-FloodFillPoint"><strong>FloodFillPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-FloodFillPoint">FloodFillPoint</a>(self, Point pt, Colour col, int style=FLOOD_SURFACE) -> bool<br>
<br>
Flood fills the device context starting from the given point, using<br>
the current brush colour, and using a style:<br>
<br>
- **wxFLOOD_SURFACE**: the flooding occurs until a colour other than<br>
the given colour is encountered.<br>
<br>
- **wxFLOOD_BORDER**: the area to be flooded is bounded by the given<br>
colour.<br>
<br>
Returns False if the operation failed.<br>
<br>
Note: The present implementation for non-Windows platforms may fail to<br>
find colour borders if the pixels do not match the colour<br>
exactly. However the function will still return true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetBackground"><strong>GetBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetBackground">GetBackground</a>(self) -> Brush<br>
<br>
Gets the brush used for painting the background.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetBackgroundMode"><strong>GetBackgroundMode</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetBackgroundMode">GetBackgroundMode</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the current background mode, either ``wx.SOLID`` or<br>
``wx.TRANSPARENT``.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetBoundingBox"><strong>GetBoundingBox</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetBoundingBox">GetBoundingBox</a>() -> (x1,y1, x2,y2)<br>
<br>
Returns the min and max points used in drawing commands so far.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetBrush"><strong>GetBrush</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetBrush">GetBrush</a>(self) -> Brush<br>
<br>
Gets the current brush</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Gets the character height of the currently set font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Gets the average character width of the currently set font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetClippingBox"><strong>GetClippingBox</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetClippingBox">GetClippingBox</a>() -> (x, y, width, height)<br>
<br>
Gets the rectangle surrounding the current clipping region.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetClippingRect"><strong>GetClippingRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetClippingRect">GetClippingRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Gets the rectangle surrounding the current clipping region.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetDepth"><strong>GetDepth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetDepth">GetDepth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the colour depth of the DC.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetDeviceOrigin"><strong>GetDeviceOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetDeviceOrigin">GetDeviceOrigin</a>(self) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetDeviceOriginTuple"><strong>GetDeviceOriginTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetDeviceOriginTuple">GetDeviceOriginTuple</a>() -> (x,y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Gets the current font</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(wxString string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font. Only works for single line strings.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetLogicalFunction"><strong>GetLogicalFunction</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetLogicalFunction">GetLogicalFunction</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Gets the current logical function (set by `SetLogicalFunction`).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetLogicalOrigin"><strong>GetLogicalOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetLogicalOrigin">GetLogicalOrigin</a>(self) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetLogicalOriginTuple"><strong>GetLogicalOriginTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetLogicalOriginTuple">GetLogicalOriginTuple</a>() -> (x,y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetLogicalScale"><strong>GetLogicalScale</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetLogicalScale">GetLogicalScale</a>() -> (xScale, yScale)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetMapMode"><strong>GetMapMode</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetMapMode">GetMapMode</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Gets the current *mapping mode* for the device context</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetMultiLineTextExtent"><strong>GetMultiLineTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetMultiLineTextExtent">GetMultiLineTextExtent</a>(wxString string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font. Works for single as well as multi-line<br>
strings.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetOptimization"><strong>GetOptimization</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><function GetOptimization at 0xb68d9c34> is deprecated</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetPPI"><strong>GetPPI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetPPI">GetPPI</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Resolution in Pixels per inch</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetPartialTextExtents"><strong>GetPartialTextExtents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetPartialTextExtents">GetPartialTextExtents</a>(self, text) -> [widths]<br>
<br>
Returns a list of integers such that each value is the distance in<br>
pixels from the begining of text to the coresponding character of<br>
*text*. The generic version simply builds a running total of the widths<br>
of each character using GetTextExtent, however if the various<br>
platforms have a native API function that is faster or more accurate<br>
than the generic implementation then it will be used instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetPen"><strong>GetPen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetPen">GetPen</a>(self) -> Pen<br>
<br>
Gets the current pen</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetPixel"><strong>GetPixel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetPixel">GetPixel</a>(self, int x, int y) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Gets the colour at the specified location on the DC.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetPixelPoint"><strong>GetPixelPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetPixelPoint">GetPixelPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> Colour</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the horizontal and vertical resolution in device units. It<br>
can be used to scale graphics to fit the page. For example, if *maxX*<br>
and *maxY* represent the maximum horizontal and vertical 'pixel' values<br>
used in your application, the following code will scale the graphic to<br>
fit on the printer page::<br>
<br>
w, h = dc.<a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>()<br>
scaleX = maxX*1.0 / w<br>
scaleY = maxY*1.0 / h<br>
dc.<a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetUserScale">SetUserScale</a>(min(scaleX,scaleY),min(scaleX,scaleY))</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetSizeMM"><strong>GetSizeMM</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetSizeMM">GetSizeMM</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the DC size in milimeters.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetSizeMMTuple"><strong>GetSizeMMTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetSizeMMTuple">GetSizeMMTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the DC size in milimeters.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the horizontal and vertical resolution in device units. It<br>
can be used to scale graphics to fit the page. For example, if *maxX*<br>
and *maxY* represent the maximum horizontal and vertical 'pixel' values<br>
used in your application, the following code will scale the graphic to<br>
fit on the printer page::<br>
<br>
w, h = dc.<a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>()<br>
scaleX = maxX*1.0 / w<br>
scaleY = maxY*1.0 / h<br>
dc.<a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetUserScale">SetUserScale</a>(min(scaleX,scaleY),min(scaleX,scaleY))</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetTextBackground"><strong>GetTextBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetTextBackground">GetTextBackground</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Gets the current text background colour</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(wxString string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font. Only<br>
works for single line strings.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetTextForeground"><strong>GetTextForeground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetTextForeground">GetTextForeground</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Gets the current text foreground colour</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetUserScale"><strong>GetUserScale</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetUserScale">GetUserScale</a>(self) -> (xScale, yScale)<br>
<br>
Gets the current user scale factor (set by `SetUserScale`).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-LogicalToDeviceX"><strong>LogicalToDeviceX</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-LogicalToDeviceX">LogicalToDeviceX</a>(self, int x) -> int<br>
<br>
Converts logical X coordinate to device coordinate, using the current<br>
mapping mode.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-LogicalToDeviceXRel"><strong>LogicalToDeviceXRel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-LogicalToDeviceXRel">LogicalToDeviceXRel</a>(self, int x) -> int<br>
<br>
Converts logical X coordinate to relative device coordinate, using the<br>
current mapping mode but ignoring the x axis orientation. Use this for<br>
converting a width, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-LogicalToDeviceY"><strong>LogicalToDeviceY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-LogicalToDeviceY">LogicalToDeviceY</a>(self, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Converts logical Y coordinate to device coordinate, using the current<br>
mapping mode.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-LogicalToDeviceYRel"><strong>LogicalToDeviceYRel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-LogicalToDeviceYRel">LogicalToDeviceYRel</a>(self, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Converts logical Y coordinate to relative device coordinate, using the<br>
current mapping mode but ignoring the y axis orientation. Use this for<br>
converting a height, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-MaxX"><strong>MaxX</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-MaxX">MaxX</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Gets the maximum horizontal extent used in drawing commands so far.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-MaxY"><strong>MaxY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-MaxY">MaxY</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Gets the maximum vertical extent used in drawing commands so far.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-MinX"><strong>MinX</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-MinX">MinX</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Gets the minimum horizontal extent used in drawing commands so far.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-MinY"><strong>MinY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-MinY">MinY</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Gets the minimum vertical extent used in drawing commands so far.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-Ok"><strong>Ok</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-Ok">Ok</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the DC is ok to use.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-ResetBoundingBox"><strong>ResetBoundingBox</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-ResetBoundingBox">ResetBoundingBox</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Resets the bounding box: after a call to this function, the bounding<br>
box doesn't contain anything.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetAxisOrientation"><strong>SetAxisOrientation</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetAxisOrientation">SetAxisOrientation</a>(self, bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp)<br>
<br>
Sets the x and y axis orientation (i.e., the direction from lowest to<br>
highest values on the axis). The default orientation is the natural<br>
orientation, e.g. x axis from left to right and y axis from bottom up.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetBackground"><strong>SetBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetBackground">SetBackground</a>(self, Brush brush)<br>
<br>
Sets the current background brush for the DC.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetBackgroundMode"><strong>SetBackgroundMode</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetBackgroundMode">SetBackgroundMode</a>(self, int mode)<br>
<br>
*mode* may be one of ``wx.SOLID`` and ``wx.TRANSPARENT``. This setting<br>
determines whether text will be drawn with a background colour or<br>
not.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetBrush"><strong>SetBrush</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetBrush">SetBrush</a>(self, Brush brush)<br>
<br>
Sets the current brush for the DC.<br>
<br>
If the argument is ``wx.NullBrush``, the current brush is selected out<br>
of the device context, and the original brush restored, allowing the<br>
current brush to be destroyed safely.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetClippingRect"><strong>SetClippingRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetClippingRect">SetClippingRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
Sets the clipping region for this device context to the intersection<br>
of the given region described by the parameters of this method and the<br>
previously set clipping region. You should call `DestroyClippingRegion`<br>
if you want to set the clipping region exactly to the region<br>
specified.<br>
<br>
The clipping region is an area to which drawing is<br>
restricted. Possible uses for the clipping region are for clipping<br>
text or for speeding up window redraws when only a known area of the<br>
screen is damaged.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetClippingRegion"><strong>SetClippingRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetClippingRegion">SetClippingRegion</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the clipping region for this device context to the intersection<br>
of the given region described by the parameters of this method and the<br>
previously set clipping region. You should call `DestroyClippingRegion`<br>
if you want to set the clipping region exactly to the region<br>
specified.<br>
<br>
The clipping region is an area to which drawing is<br>
restricted. Possible uses for the clipping region are for clipping<br>
text or for speeding up window redraws when only a known area of the<br>
screen is damaged.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetClippingRegionAsRegion"><strong>SetClippingRegionAsRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetClippingRegionAsRegion">SetClippingRegionAsRegion</a>(self, Region region)<br>
<br>
Sets the clipping region for this device context to the intersection<br>
of the given region described by the parameters of this method and the<br>
previously set clipping region. You should call `DestroyClippingRegion`<br>
if you want to set the clipping region exactly to the region<br>
specified.<br>
<br>
The clipping region is an area to which drawing is<br>
restricted. Possible uses for the clipping region are for clipping<br>
text or for speeding up window redraws when only a known area of the<br>
screen is damaged.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetClippingRegionPointSize"><strong>SetClippingRegionPointSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetClippingRegionPointSize">SetClippingRegionPointSize</a>(self, Point pt, Size sz)<br>
<br>
Sets the clipping region for this device context to the intersection<br>
of the given region described by the parameters of this method and the<br>
previously set clipping region. You should call `DestroyClippingRegion`<br>
if you want to set the clipping region exactly to the region<br>
specified.<br>
<br>
The clipping region is an area to which drawing is<br>
restricted. Possible uses for the clipping region are for clipping<br>
text or for speeding up window redraws when only a known area of the<br>
screen is damaged.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetDeviceOrigin"><strong>SetDeviceOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetDeviceOrigin">SetDeviceOrigin</a>(self, int x, int y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetDeviceOriginPoint"><strong>SetDeviceOriginPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetDeviceOriginPoint">SetDeviceOriginPoint</a>(self, Point point)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font)<br>
<br>
Sets the current font for the DC. It must be a valid font, in<br>
particular you should not pass ``wx.NullFont`` to this method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetLogicalFunction"><strong>SetLogicalFunction</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetLogicalFunction">SetLogicalFunction</a>(self, int function)<br>
<br>
Sets the current logical function for the device context. This<br>
determines how a source pixel (from a pen or brush colour, or source<br>
device context if using `Blit`) combines with a destination pixel in<br>
the current device context.<br>
<br>
The possible values and their meaning in terms of source and<br>
destination pixel values are as follows:<br>
<br>
================ ==========================<br>
wx.AND src AND dst<br>
wx.AND_INVERT (NOT src) AND dst<br>
wx.AND_REVERSE src AND (NOT dst)<br>
wx.CLEAR 0<br>
wx.COPY src<br>
wx.EQUIV (NOT src) XOR dst<br>
wx.INVERT NOT dst<br>
wx.NAND (NOT src) OR (NOT dst)<br>
wx.NOR (NOT src) AND (NOT dst)<br>
wx.NO_OP dst<br>
wx.OR src OR dst<br>
wx.OR_INVERT (NOT src) OR dst<br>
wx.OR_REVERSE src OR (NOT dst)<br>
wx.SET 1<br>
wx.SRC_INVERT NOT src<br>
wx.XOR src XOR dst<br>
================ ==========================<br>
<br>
The default is wx.COPY, which simply draws with the current<br>
colour. The others combine the current colour and the background using<br>
a logical operation. wx.INVERT is commonly used for drawing rubber<br>
bands or moving outlines, since drawing twice reverts to the original<br>
colour.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetLogicalOrigin"><strong>SetLogicalOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetLogicalOrigin">SetLogicalOrigin</a>(self, int x, int y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetLogicalOriginPoint"><strong>SetLogicalOriginPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetLogicalOriginPoint">SetLogicalOriginPoint</a>(self, Point point)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetLogicalScale"><strong>SetLogicalScale</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetLogicalScale">SetLogicalScale</a>(self, double x, double y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetMapMode"><strong>SetMapMode</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetMapMode">SetMapMode</a>(self, int mode)<br>
<br>
The *mapping mode* of the device context defines the unit of<br>
measurement used to convert logical units to device units. The<br>
mapping mode can be one of the following:<br>
<br>
================ =============================================<br>
wx.MM_TWIPS Each logical unit is 1/20 of a point, or 1/1440<br>
of an inch.<br>
wx.MM_POINTS Each logical unit is a point, or 1/72 of an inch.<br>
wx.MM_METRIC Each logical unit is 1 mm.<br>
wx.MM_LOMETRIC Each logical unit is 1/10 of a mm.<br>
wx.MM_TEXT Each logical unit is 1 pixel.<br>
================ =============================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetOptimization"><strong>SetOptimization</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><function SetOptimization at 0xb68d9bfc> is deprecated</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetPalette"><strong>SetPalette</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetPalette">SetPalette</a>(self, Palette palette)<br>
<br>
If this is a window DC or memory DC, assigns the given palette to the<br>
window or bitmap associated with the DC. If the argument is<br>
``wx.NullPalette``, the current palette is selected out of the device<br>
context, and the original palette restored.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetPen"><strong>SetPen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetPen">SetPen</a>(self, Pen pen)<br>
<br>
Sets the current pen for the DC.<br>
<br>
If the argument is ``wx.NullPen``, the current pen is selected out of the<br>
device context, and the original pen restored.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetTextBackground"><strong>SetTextBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetTextBackground">SetTextBackground</a>(self, Colour colour)<br>
<br>
Sets the current text background colour for the DC.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetTextForeground"><strong>SetTextForeground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetTextForeground">SetTextForeground</a>(self, Colour colour)<br>
<br>
Sets the current text foreground colour for the DC.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-SetUserScale"><strong>SetUserScale</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-SetUserScale">SetUserScale</a>(self, double x, double y)<br>
<br>
Sets the user scaling factor, useful for applications which require<br>
'zooming'.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-StartDoc"><strong>StartDoc</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-StartDoc">StartDoc</a>(self, String message) -> bool<br>
<br>
Starts a document (only relevant when outputting to a<br>
printer). *Message* is a message to show whilst printing.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-StartPage"><strong>StartPage</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-StartPage">StartPage</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Starts a document page (only relevant when outputting to a printer).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-__del__"><strong>__del__</strong></a>(self, destroy<font color="#909090">=<built-in function delete_DC></font>)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-__del__">__del__</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-__nonzero__"><strong>__nonzero__</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-Destroy">Destroy</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#GraphicsContextWx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="MenuButtonWx">class <strong>MenuButtonWx</strong></a>(<a href="wx._controls.html#Button">wx._controls.Button</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>wxPython does not permit a menu to be incorporated directly into a toolbar.<br>
This class simulates the effect by associating a pop-up menu with a button<br>
in the toolbar, and managing this as though it were a menu.<br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#MenuButtonWx">MenuButtonWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._controls.html#Button">wx._controls.Button</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, parent)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-getActiveAxes"><strong>getActiveAxes</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return a list of the selected axes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-updateAxes"><strong>updateAxes</strong></a>(self, maxAxis)</dt><dd><tt>Ensures that there are entries for max_axis axes in the menu<br>
(selected by default).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-updateButtonText"><strong>updateButtonText</strong></a>(self, lst)</dt><dd><tt>Update the list of selected axes in the menu button</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#Button">wx._controls.Button</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, String label=EmptyString, <br>
Point pos=DefaultPosition, Size size=DefaultSize, <br>
long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator, <br>
String name=ButtonNameStr) -> bool<br>
<br>
Acutally create the GUI <a href="wx._controls.html#Button">Button</a> for 2-phase creation.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetDefault"><strong>SetDefault</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetDefault">SetDefault</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This sets the button to be the default item for the panel or dialog box.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#Button">wx._controls.Button</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetDefaultSize"><strong>GetDefaultSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetDefaultSize">GetDefaultSize</a>() -> Size<br>
<br>
Returns the default button size for this platform.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Command"><strong>Command</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Command">Command</a>(self, CommandEvent event)<br>
<br>
Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.<br>
<br>
:see: `wx.CommandEvent`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Return a control's text.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Sets the item's text.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-CenterOnScreen"><strong>CenterOnScreen</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><function CenterOnScreen at 0xb695641c> is deprecated</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-CentreOnScreen"><strong>CentreOnScreen</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><function CenterOnScreen at 0xb695641c> is deprecated</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#MenuButtonWx-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a chld of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetAdjustedBestSize">GetAdjustedBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one<br>
thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the<br>
window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any<br>
user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window<br>
should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly<br>
tolerate.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBestFittingSize">GetBestFittingSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> PyObject<br>
<br>
Returns a list of the window's children. NOTE: Currently this is a<br>
copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return<br>
value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children<br>
do not change.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the<br>
window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of<br>
the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetDefaultItem"><strong>GetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetDefaultItem">GetDefaultItem</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated<br>
by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the<br>
toplevel parent of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetTitle"><strong>GetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetTitle">GetTitle</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#MenuButtonWx-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but<br>
an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow<br>
central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different<br>
window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to<br>
remove the event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. It is called implicitly by SetSizer but<br>
if you use SetConstraints you should call it manually or otherwise the<br>
window layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetBestFittingSize">SetBestFittingSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#MenuButtonWx-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetDefaultItem"><strong>SetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetDefaultItem">SetDefaultItem</a>(self, Window child) -> Window<br>
<br>
Set this child as default, return the old default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,<br>
the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to<br>
substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of<br>
event-handling for a variety of different window classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetTitle"><strong>SetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetTitle">SetTitle</a>(self, String title)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetTmpDefaultItem"><strong>SetTmpDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetTmpDefaultItem">SetTmpDefaultItem</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Set this child as temporary default</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#MenuButtonWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#MenuButtonWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#MenuButtonWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#MenuButtonWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use Refresh<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#MenuButtonWx-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx">class <strong>NavigationToolbar2Wx</strong></a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#NavigationToolbar2">matplotlib.backend_bases.NavigationToolbar2</a>, <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#NavigationToolbar2Wx">NavigationToolbar2Wx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#NavigationToolbar2">matplotlib.backend_bases.NavigationToolbar2</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, canvas)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-configure_subplot"><strong>configure_subplot</strong></a>(self, evt)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-draw_rubberband"><strong>draw_rubberband</strong></a>(self, event, x0, y0, x1, y1)</dt><dd><tt>adapted from <a href="http://aspn.activestate.com/ASPN/Cookbook/Python/Recipe/189744">http://aspn.activestate.com/ASPN/Cookbook/Python/Recipe/189744</a></tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-dynamic_update"><strong>dynamic_update</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-get_canvas"><strong>get_canvas</strong></a>(self, frame, fig)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-pan"><strong>pan</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-release"><strong>release</strong></a>(self, event)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-save"><strong>save</strong></a>(self, evt)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-set_cursor"><strong>set_cursor</strong></a>(self, cursor)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-set_history_buttons"><strong>set_history_buttons</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-set_message"><strong>set_message</strong></a>(self, s)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-set_status_bar"><strong>set_status_bar</strong></a>(self, statbar)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-zoom"><strong>zoom</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#NavigationToolbar2">matplotlib.backend_bases.NavigationToolbar2</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-back"><strong>back</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt><dd><tt>move back up the view lim stack</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-drag_pan"><strong>drag_pan</strong></a>(self, event)</dt><dd><tt>the drag callback in pan/zoom mode</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-draw"><strong>draw</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>redraw the canvases, update the locators</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-forward"><strong>forward</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt><dd><tt>move forward in the view lim stack</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-home"><strong>home</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt><dd><tt>restore the original view</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-mouse_move"><strong>mouse_move</strong></a>(self, event)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-press"><strong>press</strong></a>(self, event)</dt><dd><tt>this will be called whenver a mouse button is pressed</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-press_pan"><strong>press_pan</strong></a>(self, event)</dt><dd><tt>the press mouse button in pan/zoom mode callback</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-press_zoom"><strong>press_zoom</strong></a>(self, event)</dt><dd><tt>the press mouse button in zoom to rect mode callback</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-push_current"><strong>push_current</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>push the current view limits and position onto the stack</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-release_pan"><strong>release_pan</strong></a>(self, event)</dt><dd><tt>the release mouse button callback in pan/zoom mode</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-release_zoom"><strong>release_zoom</strong></a>(self, event)</dt><dd><tt>the release mouse button callback in zoom to rect mode</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-save_figure"><strong>save_figure</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt><dd><tt>save the current figure</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-update"><strong>update</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>reset the axes stack</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition, <br>
Size size=DefaultSize, long style=wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL, <br>
String name=wxPyToolBarNameStr) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindToolForPosition"><strong>FindToolForPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindToolForPosition">FindToolForPosition</a>(self, int x, int y) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddCheckLabelTool"><strong>AddCheckLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddCheckTool"><strong>AddCheckTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddControl"><strong>AddControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddControl">AddControl</a>(self, Control control) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddLabelTool"><strong>AddLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, kind<font color="#909090">=0</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>The full <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddTool">AddTool</a>() function.<br>
<br>
If bmpDisabled is wx.NullBitmap, a shadowed version of the normal bitmap<br>
is created and used as the disabled image.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddRadioLabelTool"><strong>AddRadioLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any<br>
other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddRadioTool"><strong>AddRadioTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any<br>
other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddSeparator"><strong>AddSeparator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddSeparator">AddSeparator</a>(self) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddSimpleTool"><strong>AddSimpleTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to add a tool to the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddTool"><strong>AddTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, pushedBitmap<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to add a tool to the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddToolItem"><strong>AddToolItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddToolItem">AddToolItem</a>(self, ToolBarToolBase tool) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClearTools"><strong>ClearTools</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClearTools">ClearTools</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DeleteTool"><strong>DeleteTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DeleteTool">DeleteTool</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DeleteToolByPos"><strong>DeleteToolByPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DeleteToolByPos">DeleteToolByPos</a>(self, size_t pos) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DoAddTool"><strong>DoAddTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DoAddTool">DoAddTool</a>(self, int id, String label, Bitmap bitmap, Bitmap bmpDisabled=wxNullBitmap, <br>
int kind=ITEM_NORMAL, String shortHelp=EmptyString, <br>
String longHelp=EmptyString, <br>
PyObject clientData=None) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DoInsertTool"><strong>DoInsertTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DoInsertTool">DoInsertTool</a>(self, size_t pos, int id, String label, Bitmap bitmap, Bitmap bmpDisabled=wxNullBitmap, <br>
int kind=ITEM_NORMAL, <br>
String shortHelp=EmptyString, String longHelp=EmptyString, <br>
PyObject clientData=None) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-EnableTool"><strong>EnableTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-EnableTool">EnableTool</a>(self, int id, bool enable)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindById"><strong>FindById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindById">FindById</a>(self, int toolid) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindControl"><strong>FindControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindControl">FindControl</a>(self, int id) -> Control</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMargins"><strong>GetMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMargins">GetMargins</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxCols"><strong>GetMaxCols</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxCols">GetMaxCols</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxRows"><strong>GetMaxRows</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxRows">GetMaxRows</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolBitmapSize"><strong>GetToolBitmapSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolBitmapSize">GetToolBitmapSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolClientData"><strong>GetToolClientData</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolClientData">GetToolClientData</a>(self, int id) -> PyObject</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolEnabled"><strong>GetToolEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolEnabled">GetToolEnabled</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolLongHelp"><strong>GetToolLongHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolLongHelp">GetToolLongHelp</a>(self, int id) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolMargins"><strong>GetToolMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolMargins">GetToolMargins</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolPacking"><strong>GetToolPacking</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolPacking">GetToolPacking</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolPos"><strong>GetToolPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolPos">GetToolPos</a>(self, int id) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolSeparation"><strong>GetToolSeparation</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolSeparation">GetToolSeparation</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolShortHelp"><strong>GetToolShortHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolShortHelp">GetToolShortHelp</a>(self, int id) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolSize"><strong>GetToolSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolSize">GetToolSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolState"><strong>GetToolState</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolState">GetToolState</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolsCount"><strong>GetToolsCount</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolsCount">GetToolsCount</a>(self) -> size_t</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertControl"><strong>InsertControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertControl">InsertControl</a>(self, size_t pos, Control control) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertLabelTool"><strong>InsertLabelTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, kind<font color="#909090">=0</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Insert the new tool at the given position, if pos == <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolsCount">GetToolsCount</a>(), it<br>
is equivalent to <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddTool">AddTool</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertSeparator"><strong>InsertSeparator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertSeparator">InsertSeparator</a>(self, size_t pos) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertSimpleTool"><strong>InsertSimpleTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, bitmap, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to insert a tool in the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertTool"><strong>InsertTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, bitmap, pushedBitmap<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to insert a tool in the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertToolItem"><strong>InsertToolItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertToolItem">InsertToolItem</a>(self, size_t pos, ToolBarToolBase tool) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsVertical"><strong>IsVertical</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsVertical">IsVertical</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Realize"><strong>Realize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Realize">Realize</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-RemoveTool"><strong>RemoveTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-RemoveTool">RemoveTool</a>(self, int id) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMargins"><strong>SetMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMargins">SetMargins</a>(self, Size size)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMarginsXY"><strong>SetMarginsXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMarginsXY">SetMarginsXY</a>(self, int x, int y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMaxRowsCols"><strong>SetMaxRowsCols</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMaxRowsCols">SetMaxRowsCols</a>(self, int rows, int cols)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetRows"><strong>SetRows</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetRows">SetRows</a>(self, int nRows)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToggle"><strong>SetToggle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToggle">SetToggle</a>(self, int id, bool toggle)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolBitmapSize"><strong>SetToolBitmapSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolBitmapSize">SetToolBitmapSize</a>(self, Size size)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolClientData"><strong>SetToolClientData</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolClientData">SetToolClientData</a>(self, int id, PyObject clientData)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolLongHelp"><strong>SetToolLongHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolLongHelp">SetToolLongHelp</a>(self, int id, String helpString)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolPacking"><strong>SetToolPacking</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolPacking">SetToolPacking</a>(self, int packing)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolSeparation"><strong>SetToolSeparation</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolSeparation">SetToolSeparation</a>(self, int separation)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolShortHelp"><strong>SetToolShortHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolShortHelp">SetToolShortHelp</a>(self, int id, String helpString)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ToggleTool"><strong>ToggleTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ToggleTool">ToggleTool</a>(self, int id, bool toggle)</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Command"><strong>Command</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Command">Command</a>(self, CommandEvent event)<br>
<br>
Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.<br>
<br>
:see: `wx.CommandEvent`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Return a control's text.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Sets the item's text.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-CenterOnScreen"><strong>CenterOnScreen</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><function CenterOnScreen at 0xb695641c> is deprecated</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-CentreOnScreen"><strong>CentreOnScreen</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><function CenterOnScreen at 0xb695641c> is deprecated</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Destroy">Destroy</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys the window safely. Frames and dialogs are not destroyed<br>
immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list<br>
of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events<br>
have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to<br>
non-existent windows.<br>
<br>
Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it<br>
has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a chld of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetAdjustedBestSize">GetAdjustedBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one<br>
thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the<br>
window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any<br>
user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window<br>
should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly<br>
tolerate.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestFittingSize">GetBestFittingSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> PyObject<br>
<br>
Returns a list of the window's children. NOTE: Currently this is a<br>
copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return<br>
value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children<br>
do not change.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the<br>
window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of<br>
the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetDefaultItem"><strong>GetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetDefaultItem">GetDefaultItem</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated<br>
by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the<br>
toplevel parent of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetTitle"><strong>GetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetTitle">GetTitle</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but<br>
an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow<br>
central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different<br>
window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to<br>
remove the event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. It is called implicitly by SetSizer but<br>
if you use SetConstraints you should call it manually or otherwise the<br>
window layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetBestFittingSize">SetBestFittingSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetDefaultItem"><strong>SetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetDefaultItem">SetDefaultItem</a>(self, Window child) -> Window<br>
<br>
Set this child as default, return the old default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,<br>
the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to<br>
substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of<br>
event-handling for a variety of different window classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetTitle"><strong>SetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetTitle">SetTitle</a>(self, String title)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetTmpDefaultItem"><strong>SetTmpDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetTmpDefaultItem">SetTmpDefaultItem</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Set this child as temporary default</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use Refresh<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="NavigationToolbarWx">class <strong>NavigationToolbarWx</strong></a>(<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#NavigationToolbarWx">NavigationToolbarWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, canvas, can_kill<font color="#909090">=False</font>)</dt><dd><tt>figure is the Figure instance that the toolboar controls<br>
<br>
win, if not None, is the wxWindow the Figure is embedded in</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-get_last_control"><strong>get_last_control</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Returns the identity of the last toolbar button pressed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-panx"><strong>panx</strong></a>(self, direction)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-pany"><strong>pany</strong></a>(self, direction)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-set_active"><strong>set_active</strong></a>(self, ind)</dt><dd><tt>ind is a list of index numbers for the axes which are to be made active</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-update"><strong>update</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Update the toolbar menu - called when (e.g.) a new subplot or axes are added</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-zoomx"><strong>zoomx</strong></a>(self, in_out)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-zoomy"><strong>zoomy</strong></a>(self, in_out)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition, <br>
Size size=DefaultSize, long style=wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL, <br>
String name=wxPyToolBarNameStr) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindToolForPosition"><strong>FindToolForPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-FindToolForPosition">FindToolForPosition</a>(self, int x, int y) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddCheckLabelTool"><strong>AddCheckLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddCheckTool"><strong>AddCheckTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddControl"><strong>AddControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AddControl">AddControl</a>(self, Control control) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddLabelTool"><strong>AddLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, kind<font color="#909090">=0</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>The full <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AddTool">AddTool</a>() function.<br>
<br>
If bmpDisabled is wx.NullBitmap, a shadowed version of the normal bitmap<br>
is created and used as the disabled image.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddRadioLabelTool"><strong>AddRadioLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any<br>
other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddRadioTool"><strong>AddRadioTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any<br>
other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddSeparator"><strong>AddSeparator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AddSeparator">AddSeparator</a>(self) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddSimpleTool"><strong>AddSimpleTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to add a tool to the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddTool"><strong>AddTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, pushedBitmap<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to add a tool to the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddToolItem"><strong>AddToolItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AddToolItem">AddToolItem</a>(self, ToolBarToolBase tool) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClearTools"><strong>ClearTools</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ClearTools">ClearTools</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DeleteTool"><strong>DeleteTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DeleteTool">DeleteTool</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DeleteToolByPos"><strong>DeleteToolByPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DeleteToolByPos">DeleteToolByPos</a>(self, size_t pos) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DoAddTool"><strong>DoAddTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DoAddTool">DoAddTool</a>(self, int id, String label, Bitmap bitmap, Bitmap bmpDisabled=wxNullBitmap, <br>
int kind=ITEM_NORMAL, String shortHelp=EmptyString, <br>
String longHelp=EmptyString, <br>
PyObject clientData=None) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DoInsertTool"><strong>DoInsertTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DoInsertTool">DoInsertTool</a>(self, size_t pos, int id, String label, Bitmap bitmap, Bitmap bmpDisabled=wxNullBitmap, <br>
int kind=ITEM_NORMAL, <br>
String shortHelp=EmptyString, String longHelp=EmptyString, <br>
PyObject clientData=None) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-EnableTool"><strong>EnableTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-EnableTool">EnableTool</a>(self, int id, bool enable)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindById"><strong>FindById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-FindById">FindById</a>(self, int toolid) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindControl"><strong>FindControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-FindControl">FindControl</a>(self, int id) -> Control</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMargins"><strong>GetMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMargins">GetMargins</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxCols"><strong>GetMaxCols</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxCols">GetMaxCols</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxRows"><strong>GetMaxRows</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxRows">GetMaxRows</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolBitmapSize"><strong>GetToolBitmapSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolBitmapSize">GetToolBitmapSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolClientData"><strong>GetToolClientData</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolClientData">GetToolClientData</a>(self, int id) -> PyObject</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolEnabled"><strong>GetToolEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolEnabled">GetToolEnabled</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolLongHelp"><strong>GetToolLongHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolLongHelp">GetToolLongHelp</a>(self, int id) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolMargins"><strong>GetToolMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolMargins">GetToolMargins</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolPacking"><strong>GetToolPacking</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolPacking">GetToolPacking</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolPos"><strong>GetToolPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolPos">GetToolPos</a>(self, int id) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolSeparation"><strong>GetToolSeparation</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolSeparation">GetToolSeparation</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolShortHelp"><strong>GetToolShortHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolShortHelp">GetToolShortHelp</a>(self, int id) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolSize"><strong>GetToolSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolSize">GetToolSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolState"><strong>GetToolState</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolState">GetToolState</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolsCount"><strong>GetToolsCount</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolsCount">GetToolsCount</a>(self) -> size_t</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertControl"><strong>InsertControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-InsertControl">InsertControl</a>(self, size_t pos, Control control) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertLabelTool"><strong>InsertLabelTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, kind<font color="#909090">=0</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Insert the new tool at the given position, if pos == <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolsCount">GetToolsCount</a>(), it<br>
is equivalent to <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AddTool">AddTool</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertSeparator"><strong>InsertSeparator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-InsertSeparator">InsertSeparator</a>(self, size_t pos) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertSimpleTool"><strong>InsertSimpleTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, bitmap, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to insert a tool in the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertTool"><strong>InsertTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, bitmap, pushedBitmap<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to insert a tool in the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertToolItem"><strong>InsertToolItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-InsertToolItem">InsertToolItem</a>(self, size_t pos, ToolBarToolBase tool) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsVertical"><strong>IsVertical</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsVertical">IsVertical</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Realize"><strong>Realize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Realize">Realize</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveTool"><strong>RemoveTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveTool">RemoveTool</a>(self, int id) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMargins"><strong>SetMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetMargins">SetMargins</a>(self, Size size)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMarginsXY"><strong>SetMarginsXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetMarginsXY">SetMarginsXY</a>(self, int x, int y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMaxRowsCols"><strong>SetMaxRowsCols</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetMaxRowsCols">SetMaxRowsCols</a>(self, int rows, int cols)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetRows"><strong>SetRows</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetRows">SetRows</a>(self, int nRows)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToggle"><strong>SetToggle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToggle">SetToggle</a>(self, int id, bool toggle)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolBitmapSize"><strong>SetToolBitmapSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolBitmapSize">SetToolBitmapSize</a>(self, Size size)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolClientData"><strong>SetToolClientData</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolClientData">SetToolClientData</a>(self, int id, PyObject clientData)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolLongHelp"><strong>SetToolLongHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolLongHelp">SetToolLongHelp</a>(self, int id, String helpString)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolPacking"><strong>SetToolPacking</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolPacking">SetToolPacking</a>(self, int packing)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolSeparation"><strong>SetToolSeparation</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolSeparation">SetToolSeparation</a>(self, int separation)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolShortHelp"><strong>SetToolShortHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolShortHelp">SetToolShortHelp</a>(self, int id, String helpString)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ToggleTool"><strong>ToggleTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ToggleTool">ToggleTool</a>(self, int id, bool toggle)</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Command"><strong>Command</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Command">Command</a>(self, CommandEvent event)<br>
<br>
Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.<br>
<br>
:see: `wx.CommandEvent`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Return a control's text.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Sets the item's text.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CenterOnScreen"><strong>CenterOnScreen</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><function CenterOnScreen at 0xb695641c> is deprecated</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CentreOnScreen"><strong>CentreOnScreen</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><function CenterOnScreen at 0xb695641c> is deprecated</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Destroy">Destroy</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys the window safely. Frames and dialogs are not destroyed<br>
immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list<br>
of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events<br>
have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to<br>
non-existent windows.<br>
<br>
Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it<br>
has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a chld of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetAdjustedBestSize">GetAdjustedBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one<br>
thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the<br>
window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any<br>
user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window<br>
should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly<br>
tolerate.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestFittingSize">GetBestFittingSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> PyObject<br>
<br>
Returns a list of the window's children. NOTE: Currently this is a<br>
copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return<br>
value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children<br>
do not change.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the<br>
window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of<br>
the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetDefaultItem"><strong>GetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetDefaultItem">GetDefaultItem</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated<br>
by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the<br>
toplevel parent of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetTitle"><strong>GetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetTitle">GetTitle</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but<br>
an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow<br>
central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different<br>
window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to<br>
remove the event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. It is called implicitly by SetSizer but<br>
if you use SetConstraints you should call it manually or otherwise the<br>
window layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetBestFittingSize">SetBestFittingSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetDefaultItem"><strong>SetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetDefaultItem">SetDefaultItem</a>(self, Window child) -> Window<br>
<br>
Set this child as default, return the old default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,<br>
the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to<br>
substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of<br>
event-handling for a variety of different window classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetTitle"><strong>SetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetTitle">SetTitle</a>(self, String title)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetTmpDefaultItem"><strong>SetTmpDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetTmpDefaultItem">SetTmpDefaultItem</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Set this child as temporary default</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use Refresh<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="PrintoutWx">class <strong>PrintoutWx</strong></a>(<a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">wx._windows.Printout</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>Simple wrapper around wx <a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">Printout</a> class -- all the real work<br>
here is scaling the matplotlib canvas bitmap to the current<br>
printer's definition.<br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#PrintoutWx">PrintoutWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">wx._windows.Printout</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetPageInfo"><strong>GetPageInfo</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-HasPage"><strong>HasPage</strong></a>(self, page)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-OnPrintPage"><strong>OnPrintPage</strong></a>(self, page)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, canvas, width<font color="#909090">=5.5</font>, margin<font color="#909090">=0.5</font>, title<font color="#909090">='matplotlib'</font>)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">wx._windows.Printout</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetDC"><strong>GetDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetDC">GetDC</a>(self) -> DC</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetPPIPrinter"><strong>GetPPIPrinter</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetPPIPrinter">GetPPIPrinter</a>() -> (x,y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetPPIScreen"><strong>GetPPIScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetPPIScreen">GetPPIScreen</a>() -> (x,y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetPageSizeMM"><strong>GetPageSizeMM</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetPageSizeMM">GetPageSizeMM</a>() -> (w, h)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetPageSizePixels"><strong>GetPageSizePixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetPageSizePixels">GetPageSizePixels</a>() -> (w, h)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetTitle"><strong>GetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetTitle">GetTitle</a>(self) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-IsPreview"><strong>IsPreview</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-IsPreview">IsPreview</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-SetDC"><strong>SetDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-SetDC">SetDC</a>(self, DC dc)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-SetIsPreview"><strong>SetIsPreview</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-SetIsPreview">SetIsPreview</a>(self, bool p)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-SetPPIPrinter"><strong>SetPPIPrinter</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-SetPPIPrinter">SetPPIPrinter</a>(self, int x, int y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-SetPPIScreen"><strong>SetPPIScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-SetPPIScreen">SetPPIScreen</a>(self, int x, int y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-SetPageSizeMM"><strong>SetPageSizeMM</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-SetPageSizeMM">SetPageSizeMM</a>(self, int w, int h)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-SetPageSizePixels"><strong>SetPageSizePixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-SetPageSizePixels">SetPageSizePixels</a>(self, int w, int h)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-base_GetPageInfo"><strong>base_GetPageInfo</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-base_GetPageInfo">base_GetPageInfo</a>() -> (minPage, maxPage, pageFrom, pageTo)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-base_HasPage"><strong>base_HasPage</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-base_HasPage">base_HasPage</a>(self, int page) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-base_OnBeginDocument"><strong>base_OnBeginDocument</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-base_OnBeginDocument">base_OnBeginDocument</a>(self, int startPage, int endPage) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-base_OnBeginPrinting"><strong>base_OnBeginPrinting</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-base_OnBeginPrinting">base_OnBeginPrinting</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-base_OnEndDocument"><strong>base_OnEndDocument</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-base_OnEndDocument">base_OnEndDocument</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-base_OnEndPrinting"><strong>base_OnEndPrinting</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-base_OnEndPrinting">base_OnEndPrinting</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-base_OnPreparePrinting"><strong>base_OnPreparePrinting</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-base_OnPreparePrinting">base_OnPreparePrinting</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-Destroy">Destroy</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="RendererWx">class <strong>RendererWx</strong></a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#RendererBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.RendererBase</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>The renderer handles all the drawing primitives using a graphics<br>
context instance that controls the colors/styles. It acts as the<br>
'renderer' instance used by many classes in the hierarchy.<br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%">Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, bitmap, dpi)</dt><dd><tt>Initialise a wxWindows renderer instance.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_arc"><strong>draw_arc</strong></a>(self, gc, rgbFace, x, y, width, height, angle1, angle2, rotation)</dt><dd><tt>Draw an arc centered at x,y with width and height and angles<br>
from 0.0 to 360.0.<br>
If rgbFace is present, fill the figure in this colour, otherwise<br>
it is not filled.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_line"><strong>draw_line</strong></a>(self, gc, x1, y1, x2, y2)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a single line from x1,y1 to x2,y2</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_lines"><strong>draw_lines</strong></a>(self, gc, x, y)</dt><dd><tt>x and y are equal length arrays, draw lines connecting each<br>
point in x, y</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_point"><strong>draw_point</strong></a>(self, gc, x, y)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a single point at x,y</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_polygon"><strong>draw_polygon</strong></a>(self, gc, rgbFace, points)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a polygon. points is a len vertices tuple, each element<br>
giving the x,y coords a vertex</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_rectangle"><strong>draw_rectangle</strong></a>(self, gc, rgbFace, x, y, width, height)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a rectangle at lower left x,y with width and height<br>
If filled=True, fill the rectangle with the gc foreground<br>
gc is a GraphicsContext instance</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_text"><strong>draw_text</strong></a>(self, gc, x, y, s, prop, angle, ismath)</dt><dd><tt>Render the matplotlib.text.Text instance<br>
None)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-flipy"><strong>flipy</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-get_canvas_width_height"><strong>get_canvas_width_height</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>return the canvas width and height in display coords</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-get_gc"><strong>get_gc</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Fetch the locally cached gc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-get_text_width_height"><strong>get_text_width_height</strong></a>(self, s, prop, ismath)</dt><dd><tt>get the width and height in display coords of the string s<br>
with FontPropertry prop</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-get_wx_font"><strong>get_wx_font</strong></a>(self, s, prop)</dt><dd><tt>Return a wx font. Cache instances in a font dictionary for<br>
efficiency</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-new_gc"><strong>new_gc</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return an instance of a <a href="#GraphicsContextWx">GraphicsContextWx</a>, and sets the current gc copy</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-offset_text_height"><strong>offset_text_height</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-points_to_pixels"><strong>points_to_pixels</strong></a>(self, points)</dt><dd><tt>convert point measures to pixes using dpi and the pixels per<br>
inch of the display</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data and other attributes defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>fontangles</strong> = {'italic': 93, 'normal': 90, 'oblique': 94}</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>fontnames</strong> = {'Courier': 75, 'Decorative': 71, 'Modern': 75, 'Roman': 72, 'Sans': 74, 'Script': 73, 'courier': 75}</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>fontweights</strong> = {100: 91, 200: 91, 300: 91, 400: 90, 500: 90, 600: 90, 700: 92, 800: 92, 900: 92, 'black': 92, ...}</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#RendererBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.RendererBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-close_group"><strong>close_group</strong></a>(self, s)</dt><dd><tt>close a grouping element with label s<br>
Is only currently used by backend_svg</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_image"><strong>draw_image</strong></a>(self, x, y, im, bbox)</dt><dd><tt>Draw the Image instance into the current axes; x is the<br>
distance in pixels from the left hand side of the canvas. y is<br>
the distance from the origin. That is, if origin is upper, y<br>
is the distance from top. If origin is lower, y is the<br>
distance from bottom<br>
<br>
bbox is a matplotlib.transforms.BBox instance for clipping, or<br>
None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_line_collection"><strong>draw_line_collection</strong></a>(self, segments, transform, clipbox, colors, linewidths, linestyle, antialiaseds, offsets, transOffset)</dt><dd><tt>This is a function for optimized line drawing. If you need to draw<br>
many line segments with similar properties, it is faster to avoid the<br>
overhead of all the object creation etc. The lack of total<br>
configurability is compensated for with efficiency. Hence we don't use<br>
a GC and many of the line props it supports. See<br>
matplotlib.collections for more details.<br>
<br>
segments is a sequence of ( line0, line1, line2), where linen =<br>
is an Mx2 array with columns x, y. Each line can be a<br>
different length<br>
<br>
transform is used to Transform the lines<br>
<br>
clipbox is a xmin, ymin, width, height clip rect<br>
<br>
colors is a tuple of RGBA tuples<br>
<br>
linewidths is a tuple of linewidths<br>
*** really should be called 'dashes' not 'linestyle', since<br>
we call gc.set_dashes() not gc.set_linestyle() ***<br>
<br>
linestyle is an (offset, onoffseq) tuple or None,None for solid<br>
<br>
antialiseds is a tuple of ones or zeros indicating whether the<br>
segment should be aa or not<br>
<br>
offsets, if not None, is an Nx2 array of x,y offsets to<br>
translate the lines by after transform is used to transform<br>
the offset coords<br>
<br>
This function could be overridden in the backend to possibly implement<br>
faster drawing, but it is already much faster than using <a href="#RendererWx-draw_lines">draw_lines</a>()<br>
by itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_poly_collection"><strong>draw_poly_collection</strong></a>(self, verts, transform, clipbox, facecolors, edgecolors, linewidths, antialiaseds, offsets, transOffset)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a polygon collection<br>
<br>
verts are a sequence of polygon vectors, where each polygon<br>
vector is a sequence of x,y tuples of vertices<br>
<br>
facecolors and edgecolors are a sequence of RGBA tuples<br>
linewidths are a sequence of linewidths<br>
antialiaseds are a sequence of 0,1 integers whether to use aa<br>
<br>
If a linewidth is zero or an edgecolor alpha is zero, the<br>
line will be omitted; similarly, the fill will be omitted<br>
if the facecolor alpha is zero.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_quad_mesh"><strong>draw_quad_mesh</strong></a>(self, meshWidth, meshHeight, colors, xCoords, yCoords, clipbox, transform, offsets, transOffset, showedges)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a quadrilateral mesh<br>
See documentation in QuadMesh class in collections.py for details</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_regpoly_collection"><strong>draw_regpoly_collection</strong></a>(self, clipbox, offsets, transOffset, verts, sizes, facecolors, edgecolors, linewidths, antialiaseds)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a regular poly collection<br>
<br>
offsets - is a sequence is x,y tuples<br>
transOffset - maps this to display coords<br>
<br>
verts - are the vertices of the regular polygon at the origin<br>
<br>
sizes are the area of the circle that circumscribes the<br>
polygon in points^2<br>
<br>
facecolors and edgecolors are a sequence of RGBA tuples<br>
linewidths are a sequence of linewidths<br>
antialiaseds are a sequence of 0,1 integers whether to use aa</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_tex"><strong>draw_tex</strong></a>(self, gc, x, y, s, prop, angle, ismath<font color="#909090">='TeX!'</font>)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-get_image_magnification"><strong>get_image_magnification</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Get the factor by which to magnify images passed to draw_image.<br>
Allows a backend to have images at a different resolution to other<br>
artists.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-get_texmanager"><strong>get_texmanager</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-get_text_extent"><strong>get_text_extent</strong></a>(self, text)</dt><dd><tt>Get the text extent in window coords</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-open_group"><strong>open_group</strong></a>(self, s)</dt><dd><tt>open a grouping element with label s<br>
Is only currently used by backend_svg</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-option_image_nocomposite"><strong>option_image_nocomposite</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>overwrite this method for renderers that do not necessarily<br>
want to rescale and composite raster images. (like SVG)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-strip_math"><strong>strip_math</strong></a>(self, s)</dt></dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="StatusBarWx">class <strong>StatusBarWx</strong></a>(<a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">wx._windows.StatusBar</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>A status bar is added to _FigureFrame to allow measurements and the<br>
previously selected scroll function to be displayed as a user<br>
convenience.<br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#StatusBarWx">StatusBarWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">wx._windows.StatusBar</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, parent)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-set_function"><strong>set_function</strong></a>(self, string)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">wx._windows.StatusBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, long style=ST_SIZEGRIP, String name=StatusLineNameStr) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBorderX"><strong>GetBorderX</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBorderX">GetBorderX</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBorderY"><strong>GetBorderY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBorderY">GetBorderY</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetFieldRect"><strong>GetFieldRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetFieldRect">GetFieldRect</a>(self, int i) -> Rect</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetFieldsCount"><strong>GetFieldsCount</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetFieldsCount">GetFieldsCount</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetStatusText"><strong>GetStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetStatusText">GetStatusText</a>(self, int number=0) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PopStatusText"><strong>PopStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PopStatusText">PopStatusText</a>(self, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PushStatusText"><strong>PushStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PushStatusText">PushStatusText</a>(self, String text, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetFieldsCount"><strong>SetFieldsCount</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetFieldsCount">SetFieldsCount</a>(self, int number=1)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetMinHeight"><strong>SetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetMinHeight">SetMinHeight</a>(self, int height)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetStatusStyles"><strong>SetStatusStyles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetStatusStyles">SetStatusStyles</a>(self, int styles)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetStatusText"><strong>SetStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetStatusText">SetStatusText</a>(self, String text, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetStatusWidths"><strong>SetStatusWidths</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetStatusWidths">SetStatusWidths</a>(self, int widths)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">wx._windows.StatusBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-CenterOnScreen"><strong>CenterOnScreen</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><function CenterOnScreen at 0xb695641c> is deprecated</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-CentreOnScreen"><strong>CentreOnScreen</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><function CenterOnScreen at 0xb695641c> is deprecated</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Destroy">Destroy</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys the window safely. Frames and dialogs are not destroyed<br>
immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list<br>
of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events<br>
have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to<br>
non-existent windows.<br>
<br>
Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it<br>
has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#StatusBarWx-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a chld of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#StatusBarWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#StatusBarWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetAdjustedBestSize">GetAdjustedBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one<br>
thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the<br>
window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any<br>
user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window<br>
should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly<br>
tolerate.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBestFittingSize">GetBestFittingSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> PyObject<br>
<br>
Returns a list of the window's children. NOTE: Currently this is a<br>
copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return<br>
value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children<br>
do not change.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the<br>
window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of<br>
the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetDefaultItem"><strong>GetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetDefaultItem">GetDefaultItem</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated<br>
by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the<br>
toplevel parent of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification<br>
purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to<br>
class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For<br>
buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function<br>
can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs<br>
access programs)which need to identify windows by name.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetTitle"><strong>GetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetTitle">GetTitle</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#StatusBarWx-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#StatusBarWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#StatusBarWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#StatusBarWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#StatusBarWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but<br>
an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow<br>
central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different<br>
window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to<br>
remove the event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. It is called implicitly by SetSizer but<br>
if you use SetConstraints you should call it manually or otherwise the<br>
window layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetBestFittingSize">SetBestFittingSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#StatusBarWx-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetDefaultItem"><strong>SetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetDefaultItem">SetDefaultItem</a>(self, Window child) -> Window<br>
<br>
Set this child as default, return the old default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,<br>
the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to<br>
substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of<br>
event-handling for a variety of different window classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#StatusBarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetTitle"><strong>SetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetTitle">SetTitle</a>(self, String title)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetTmpDefaultItem"><strong>SetTmpDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetTmpDefaultItem">SetTmpDefaultItem</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Set this child as temporary default</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#StatusBarWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#StatusBarWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#StatusBarWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#StatusBarWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use Refresh<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#StatusBarWx-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="SubplotToolWX">class <strong>SubplotToolWX</strong></a>(<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#SubplotToolWX">SubplotToolWX</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._windows.html#TopLevelWindow">wx._windows.TopLevelWindow</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, targetfig)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Command"><strong>Command</strong></a> = ProcessCommand(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ProcessCommand">ProcessCommand</a>(self, int winid) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, String title=EmptyString, <br>
Point pos=DefaultPosition, Size size=DefaultSize, <br>
long style=DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, String name=FrameNameStr) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CreateStatusBar"><strong>CreateStatusBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CreateStatusBar">CreateStatusBar</a>(self, int number=1, long style=DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE, int winid=0, <br>
String name=StatusLineNameStr) -> <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">StatusBar</a></tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CreateToolBar"><strong>CreateToolBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CreateToolBar">CreateToolBar</a>(self, long style=-1, int winid=-1, String name=ToolBarNameStr) -> wxToolBar</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-DoGiveHelp"><strong>DoGiveHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-DoGiveHelp">DoGiveHelp</a>(self, String text, bool show)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-DoMenuUpdates"><strong>DoMenuUpdates</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-DoMenuUpdates">DoMenuUpdates</a>(self, Menu menu=None)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetMenuBar"><strong>GetMenuBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetMenuBar">GetMenuBar</a>(self) -> MenuBar</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetStatusBar"><strong>GetStatusBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetStatusBar">GetStatusBar</a>(self) -> <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">StatusBar</a></tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetStatusBarPane"><strong>GetStatusBarPane</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetStatusBarPane">GetStatusBarPane</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetToolBar"><strong>GetToolBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetToolBar">GetToolBar</a>(self) -> wxToolBar</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PopStatusText"><strong>PopStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PopStatusText">PopStatusText</a>(self, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ProcessCommand"><strong>ProcessCommand</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ProcessCommand">ProcessCommand</a>(self, int winid) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PushStatusText"><strong>PushStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PushStatusText">PushStatusText</a>(self, String text, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SendSizeEvent">SendSizeEvent</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetMenuBar"><strong>SetMenuBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetMenuBar">SetMenuBar</a>(self, MenuBar menubar)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetStatusBar"><strong>SetStatusBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetStatusBar">SetStatusBar</a>(self, <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">StatusBar</a> statBar)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetStatusBarPane"><strong>SetStatusBarPane</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetStatusBarPane">SetStatusBarPane</a>(self, int n)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetStatusText"><strong>SetStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetStatusText">SetStatusText</a>(self, String text, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetStatusWidths"><strong>SetStatusWidths</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetStatusWidths">SetStatusWidths</a>(self, int widths)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetToolBar"><strong>SetToolBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetToolBar">SetToolBar</a>(self, wxToolBar toolbar)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#TopLevelWindow">wx._windows.TopLevelWindow</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CenterOnScreen"><strong>CenterOnScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CenterOnScreen">CenterOnScreen</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center the window on screen</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CentreOnScreen"><strong>CentreOnScreen</strong></a> = CenterOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CenterOnScreen">CenterOnScreen</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center the window on screen</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetIcon"><strong>GetIcon</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetIcon">GetIcon</a>(self) -> Icon</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetTitle"><strong>GetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetTitle">GetTitle</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Iconize"><strong>Iconize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Iconize">Iconize</a>(self, bool iconize=True)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsActive"><strong>IsActive</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsActive">IsActive</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsFullScreen"><strong>IsFullScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsFullScreen">IsFullScreen</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsIconized"><strong>IsIconized</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsIconized">IsIconized</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsMaximized"><strong>IsMaximized</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsMaximized">IsMaximized</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-MacGetMetalAppearance"><strong>MacGetMetalAppearance</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-MacGetMetalAppearance">MacGetMetalAppearance</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-MacSetMetalAppearance"><strong>MacSetMetalAppearance</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-MacSetMetalAppearance">MacSetMetalAppearance</a>(self, bool on)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Maximize"><strong>Maximize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Maximize">Maximize</a>(self, bool maximize=True)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-RequestUserAttention"><strong>RequestUserAttention</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-RequestUserAttention">RequestUserAttention</a>(self, int flags=USER_ATTENTION_INFO)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Restore"><strong>Restore</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Restore">Restore</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetIcon"><strong>SetIcon</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetIcon">SetIcon</a>(self, Icon icon)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetIcons"><strong>SetIcons</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetIcons">SetIcons</a>(self, wxIconBundle icons)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetShape"><strong>SetShape</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetShape">SetShape</a>(self, Region region) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetTitle"><strong>SetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetTitle">SetTitle</a>(self, String title)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ShowFullScreen"><strong>ShowFullScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ShowFullScreen">ShowFullScreen</a>(self, bool show, long style=FULLSCREEN_ALL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Destroy">Destroy</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys the window safely. Frames and dialogs are not destroyed<br>
immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list<br>
of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events<br>
have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to<br>
non-existent windows.<br>
<br>
Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it<br>
has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#SubplotToolWX-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a chld of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetAdjustedBestSize">GetAdjustedBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one<br>
thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the<br>
window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any<br>
user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window<br>
should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly<br>
tolerate.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBestFittingSize">GetBestFittingSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> PyObject<br>
<br>
Returns a list of the window's children. NOTE: Currently this is a<br>
copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return<br>
value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children<br>
do not change.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetDefaultItem"><strong>GetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetDefaultItem">GetDefaultItem</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated<br>
by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the<br>
toplevel parent of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification<br>
purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to<br>
class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For<br>
buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function<br>
can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs<br>
access programs)which need to identify windows by name.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#SubplotToolWX-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but<br>
an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow<br>
central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different<br>
window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to<br>
remove the event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. It is called implicitly by SetSizer but<br>
if you use SetConstraints you should call it manually or otherwise the<br>
window layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetBestFittingSize">SetBestFittingSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#SubplotToolWX-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetDefaultItem"><strong>SetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetDefaultItem">SetDefaultItem</a>(self, Window child) -> Window<br>
<br>
Set this child as default, return the old default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,<br>
the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to<br>
substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of<br>
event-handling for a variety of different window classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetTmpDefaultItem"><strong>SetTmpDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetTmpDefaultItem">SetTmpDefaultItem</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Set this child as temporary default</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#SubplotToolWX-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#SubplotToolWX-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#SubplotToolWX-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#SubplotToolWX-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use Refresh<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#SubplotToolWX-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><strong>Toolbar</strong> = <a name="Toolbar">class NavigationToolbarWx</a>(<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#NavigationToolbarWx">NavigationToolbarWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, canvas, can_kill<font color="#909090">=False</font>)</dt><dd><tt>figure is the Figure instance that the toolboar controls<br>
<br>
win, if not None, is the wxWindow the Figure is embedded in</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-get_last_control"><strong>get_last_control</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Returns the identity of the last toolbar button pressed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-panx"><strong>panx</strong></a>(self, direction)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-pany"><strong>pany</strong></a>(self, direction)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-set_active"><strong>set_active</strong></a>(self, ind)</dt><dd><tt>ind is a list of index numbers for the axes which are to be made active</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-update"><strong>update</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Update the toolbar menu - called when (e.g.) a new subplot or axes are added</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-zoomx"><strong>zoomx</strong></a>(self, in_out)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-zoomy"><strong>zoomy</strong></a>(self, in_out)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition, <br>
Size size=DefaultSize, long style=wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL, <br>
String name=wxPyToolBarNameStr) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindToolForPosition"><strong>FindToolForPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-FindToolForPosition">FindToolForPosition</a>(self, int x, int y) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddCheckLabelTool"><strong>AddCheckLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddCheckTool"><strong>AddCheckTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddControl"><strong>AddControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AddControl">AddControl</a>(self, Control control) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddLabelTool"><strong>AddLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, kind<font color="#909090">=0</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>The full <a href="#Toolbar-AddTool">AddTool</a>() function.<br>
<br>
If bmpDisabled is wx.NullBitmap, a shadowed version of the normal bitmap<br>
is created and used as the disabled image.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddRadioLabelTool"><strong>AddRadioLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any<br>
other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddRadioTool"><strong>AddRadioTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any<br>
other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddSeparator"><strong>AddSeparator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AddSeparator">AddSeparator</a>(self) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddSimpleTool"><strong>AddSimpleTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to add a tool to the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddTool"><strong>AddTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, pushedBitmap<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to add a tool to the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddToolItem"><strong>AddToolItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AddToolItem">AddToolItem</a>(self, ToolBarToolBase tool) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClearTools"><strong>ClearTools</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ClearTools">ClearTools</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DeleteTool"><strong>DeleteTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DeleteTool">DeleteTool</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DeleteToolByPos"><strong>DeleteToolByPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DeleteToolByPos">DeleteToolByPos</a>(self, size_t pos) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DoAddTool"><strong>DoAddTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DoAddTool">DoAddTool</a>(self, int id, String label, Bitmap bitmap, Bitmap bmpDisabled=wxNullBitmap, <br>
int kind=ITEM_NORMAL, String shortHelp=EmptyString, <br>
String longHelp=EmptyString, <br>
PyObject clientData=None) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DoInsertTool"><strong>DoInsertTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DoInsertTool">DoInsertTool</a>(self, size_t pos, int id, String label, Bitmap bitmap, Bitmap bmpDisabled=wxNullBitmap, <br>
int kind=ITEM_NORMAL, <br>
String shortHelp=EmptyString, String longHelp=EmptyString, <br>
PyObject clientData=None) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-EnableTool"><strong>EnableTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-EnableTool">EnableTool</a>(self, int id, bool enable)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindById"><strong>FindById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-FindById">FindById</a>(self, int toolid) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindControl"><strong>FindControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-FindControl">FindControl</a>(self, int id) -> Control</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMargins"><strong>GetMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMargins">GetMargins</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxCols"><strong>GetMaxCols</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMaxCols">GetMaxCols</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxRows"><strong>GetMaxRows</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMaxRows">GetMaxRows</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolBitmapSize"><strong>GetToolBitmapSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolBitmapSize">GetToolBitmapSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolClientData"><strong>GetToolClientData</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolClientData">GetToolClientData</a>(self, int id) -> PyObject</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolEnabled"><strong>GetToolEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolEnabled">GetToolEnabled</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolLongHelp"><strong>GetToolLongHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolLongHelp">GetToolLongHelp</a>(self, int id) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolMargins"><strong>GetToolMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolMargins">GetToolMargins</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolPacking"><strong>GetToolPacking</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolPacking">GetToolPacking</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolPos"><strong>GetToolPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolPos">GetToolPos</a>(self, int id) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolSeparation"><strong>GetToolSeparation</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolSeparation">GetToolSeparation</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolShortHelp"><strong>GetToolShortHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolShortHelp">GetToolShortHelp</a>(self, int id) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolSize"><strong>GetToolSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolSize">GetToolSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolState"><strong>GetToolState</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolState">GetToolState</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolsCount"><strong>GetToolsCount</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolsCount">GetToolsCount</a>(self) -> size_t</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertControl"><strong>InsertControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-InsertControl">InsertControl</a>(self, size_t pos, Control control) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertLabelTool"><strong>InsertLabelTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, kind<font color="#909090">=0</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Insert the new tool at the given position, if pos == <a href="#Toolbar-GetToolsCount">GetToolsCount</a>(), it<br>
is equivalent to <a href="#Toolbar-AddTool">AddTool</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertSeparator"><strong>InsertSeparator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-InsertSeparator">InsertSeparator</a>(self, size_t pos) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertSimpleTool"><strong>InsertSimpleTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, bitmap, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to insert a tool in the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertTool"><strong>InsertTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, bitmap, pushedBitmap<font color="#909090">=wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to insert a tool in the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertToolItem"><strong>InsertToolItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-InsertToolItem">InsertToolItem</a>(self, size_t pos, ToolBarToolBase tool) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsVertical"><strong>IsVertical</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsVertical">IsVertical</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Realize"><strong>Realize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Realize">Realize</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveTool"><strong>RemoveTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-RemoveTool">RemoveTool</a>(self, int id) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMargins"><strong>SetMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetMargins">SetMargins</a>(self, Size size)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMarginsXY"><strong>SetMarginsXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetMarginsXY">SetMarginsXY</a>(self, int x, int y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMaxRowsCols"><strong>SetMaxRowsCols</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetMaxRowsCols">SetMaxRowsCols</a>(self, int rows, int cols)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetRows"><strong>SetRows</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetRows">SetRows</a>(self, int nRows)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToggle"><strong>SetToggle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToggle">SetToggle</a>(self, int id, bool toggle)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolBitmapSize"><strong>SetToolBitmapSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolBitmapSize">SetToolBitmapSize</a>(self, Size size)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolClientData"><strong>SetToolClientData</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolClientData">SetToolClientData</a>(self, int id, PyObject clientData)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolLongHelp"><strong>SetToolLongHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolLongHelp">SetToolLongHelp</a>(self, int id, String helpString)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolPacking"><strong>SetToolPacking</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolPacking">SetToolPacking</a>(self, int packing)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolSeparation"><strong>SetToolSeparation</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolSeparation">SetToolSeparation</a>(self, int separation)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolShortHelp"><strong>SetToolShortHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolShortHelp">SetToolShortHelp</a>(self, int id, String helpString)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ToggleTool"><strong>ToggleTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ToggleTool">ToggleTool</a>(self, int id, bool toggle)</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Command"><strong>Command</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Command">Command</a>(self, CommandEvent event)<br>
<br>
Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.<br>
<br>
:see: `wx.CommandEvent`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Return a control's text.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Sets the item's text.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CenterOnScreen"><strong>CenterOnScreen</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><function CenterOnScreen at 0xb695641c> is deprecated</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CentreOnScreen"><strong>CentreOnScreen</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><function CenterOnScreen at 0xb695641c> is deprecated</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Destroy">Destroy</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys the window safely. Frames and dialogs are not destroyed<br>
immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list<br>
of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events<br>
have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to<br>
non-existent windows.<br>
<br>
Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it<br>
has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#Toolbar-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a chld of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#Toolbar-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#Toolbar-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetAdjustedBestSize">GetAdjustedBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one<br>
thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the<br>
window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any<br>
user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window<br>
should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly<br>
tolerate.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetBestFittingSize">GetBestFittingSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#Toolbar-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> PyObject<br>
<br>
Returns a list of the window's children. NOTE: Currently this is a<br>
copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return<br>
value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children<br>
do not change.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the<br>
window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of<br>
the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetDefaultItem"><strong>GetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetDefaultItem">GetDefaultItem</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated<br>
by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the<br>
toplevel parent of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetTitle"><strong>GetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetTitle">GetTitle</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#Toolbar-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#Toolbar-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#Toolbar-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#Toolbar-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#Toolbar-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but<br>
an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow<br>
central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different<br>
window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to<br>
remove the event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. It is called implicitly by SetSizer but<br>
if you use SetConstraints you should call it manually or otherwise the<br>
window layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetBestFittingSize">SetBestFittingSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#Toolbar-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetDefaultItem"><strong>SetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetDefaultItem">SetDefaultItem</a>(self, Window child) -> Window<br>
<br>
Set this child as default, return the old default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,<br>
the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to<br>
substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of<br>
event-handling for a variety of different window classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#Toolbar-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetTitle"><strong>SetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetTitle">SetTitle</a>(self, String title)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetTmpDefaultItem"><strong>SetTmpDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetTmpDefaultItem">SetTmpDefaultItem</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Set this child as temporary default</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#Toolbar-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#Toolbar-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#Toolbar-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#Toolbar-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use Refresh<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#Toolbar-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="fake_stderr">class <strong>fake_stderr</strong></a></font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>Wx does strange things with stderr, as it makes the assumption that there<br>
is probably no console. This redirects stderr to the console, since we know<br>
that there is one!<br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%">Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="fake_stderr-write"><strong>write</strong></a>(self, msg)</dt></dl>
</td></tr></table></td></tr></table><p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#eeaa77">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#ffffff" face="helvetica, arial"><big><strong>Functions</strong></big></font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#eeaa77"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt><a name="-DEBUG_MSG"><strong>DEBUG_MSG</strong></a>(string, lvl<font color="#909090">=3</font>, o<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="-debug_on_error"><strong>debug_on_error</strong></a>(type, value, tb)</dt><dd><tt>Code due to Thomas Heller - published in Python Cookbook (O'Reilley)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="-draw_if_interactive"><strong>draw_if_interactive</strong></a>()</dt><dd><tt>This should be overriden in a windowing environment if drawing<br>
should be done in interactive python mode</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="-error_msg_wx"><strong>error_msg_wx</strong></a>(msg, parent<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Signal an error condition -- in a GUI, popup a error dialog</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="-new_figure_manager"><strong>new_figure_manager</strong></a>(num, *args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Create a new figure manager instance</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="-raise_msg_to_str"><strong>raise_msg_to_str</strong></a>(msg)</dt><dd><tt>msg is a return arg from a raise. Join with new lines</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="-show"><strong>show</strong></a>()</dt><dd><tt>Current implementation assumes that matplotlib is executed in a PyCrust<br>
shell. It appears to be possible to execute wxPython applications from<br>
within a PyCrust without having to ensure that wxPython has been created<br>
in a secondary thread (e.g. SciPy gui_thread).<br>
<br>
Unfortunately, gui_thread seems to introduce a number of further<br>
dependencies on SciPy modules, which I do not wish to introduce<br>
into the backend at this point. If there is a need I will look<br>
into this in a later release.</tt></dd></dl>
</td></tr></table><p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#55aa55">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#ffffff" face="helvetica, arial"><big><strong>Data</strong></big></font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#55aa55"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><strong>PIXELS_PER_INCH</strong> = 75<br>
<strong>backend_version</strong> = '2.6.3.2'<br>
<strong>cursord</strong> = {0: 6, 1: 1, 2: 5, 3: 6}<br>
<strong>cursors</strong> = <matplotlib.backend_bases.Cursors instance at 0x866638c><br>
<strong>cvs_id</strong> = '$Id$'<br>
<strong>division</strong> = _Feature((2, 2, 0, 'alpha', 2), (3, 0, 0, 'alpha', 0), 8192)<br>
<strong>rcParams</strong> = {'axes.axisbelow': False, 'axes.edgecolor': 'k', 'axes.facecolor': 'w', 'axes.formatter.limits': (-7, 7), 'axes.grid': False, 'axes.hold': True, 'axes.labelcolor': 'k', 'axes.labelsize': 12, 'axes.linewidth': 1.0, 'axes.titlesize': 14, ...}<br>
<strong>verbose</strong> = <matplotlib.Verbose instance at 0xb7b5a8ec><br>
<strong>wxapp</strong> = None</td></tr></table>
@footer@
